Piper Jaffray Companies Annual Report 2014

FY2014 Annual Report · Piper Jaffray Companies

Loading PDF…

2014
annua l
report

p i p e r j a f f r a y c o m p a n i e s

c h a i r m a n ’ s l e t t e r

Fellow Shareholders,

In 2014, we achieved one of our best years of profitability as a public company through sound
strategy and solid execution in a year characterized by favorable market conditions for our equities
and investment banking business. Significantly, our one- and three-year total shareholder returns
were at or near the top of our middle market peer group. With earnings per diluted common share
from continuing operations of $3.87, net income from continuing operations applicable to Piper
Jaffray Companies of $63.2 million and a return on average common shareholders’ equity of 8.1%,
we achieved the highest level of operating results we’ve had since our spin-off from U.S. Bancorp in
2003. Our successful strategy centered on two primary objectives: cost and operating discipline, and
a focus on our differentiated and higher margin businesses.

Relative to costs, our firmwide effort in 2011 to instill cost discipline reduced our baseline non-
compensation expenses by about 15%. And we have worked to maintain this discipline, which has
led to enhanced returns and increased capacity to invest in the business. By increasing responsibility
for profitability deeper into the organization, we improved our productivity and intensified our commitment toward internal
development of our most promising professionals. We have seen improved productivity and enhanced operating leverage, which
has been a significant contributor to our top-tier performance.

The second objective of our strategy concentrated our resources, both human and financial capital, on those businesses where
we have a competitively differentiated position and which offer higher margins and return on capital. Exiting businesses with
challenged operating performance and lower margins was necessary, and this led to a significant reduction in our international
activities. Conversely, investments in our higher margin businesses over the past few years yielded significant results. Examples
include investments in equity investment banking to bolster our industry-leading healthcare team, growth and development
of our consumer team, and expansion of our advisory services business. In public finance, we made great strides in building a
national footprint, which now competes in markets coast-to-coast.

Looking ahead, we are confident that our strong performance will allow us to attract and execute on more significant growth
opportunities as producers and firms look to our successful platform. We experienced this firsthand with our acquisitions of
Edgeview Partners and Seattle Northwest in 2013. Based on the quality of our people and the strength of our current businesses,
we are confident in our ability to continue to execute on new opportunities as they emerge.

Capital Markets

This segment encompasses our equities and investment banking businesses, together with our public finance and fixed income
services businesses. We had an outstanding year in equities and investment banking, with the two major areas of this business—
equity capital raising and advisory services—achieving excellent results. On the capital raising side, investments in biotech
and our leading position in medical technology yielded results, as equity capital raising efforts in the healthcare sector during
2014 remained strong. Overall, our revenue from equity capital raising in 2014 reflected the longest sustained period of
accommodative market conditions since 2007.

For our advisory business, 2014 represented a breakout year for us. With favorable market conditions driven by ready access
to capital, increasing CEO confidence and a strengthening U.S. economy, we fully realized the returns from our investments in
internal development, selective hiring and the Edgeview Partners acquisition. Our traditionally strong healthcare team produced a
great year. Our consumer team, which advised on several marquee transactions, also made significant contributions to our record
advisory services results.

Our equity institutional brokerage business largely met our expectations this year, although it was down year-over-year. The
decline was attributable to lackluster market-wide trading volumes for much of the year, as well as a decline in revenues from
strategic trading. Nevertheless, the business remained profitable and has several initiatives underway intended to produce growth
in 2015. Further, the distribution capabilities within this business provided meaningful support for equity capital raising during
the year.

c h a i r m a n ’ s l e t t e r

In public finance, markets for debt issuance were essentially flat year-over-year, while our business was down slightly. Our
performance was largely attributable to challenging market conditions in California. That state represents our largest practice,
which is built on the strength of our market leadership in secondary education funding. The combination of lower issuance
volumes and pressure on underwriting spreads in California impeded revenue growth for our public finance business overall.
Strong performance in other markets, including Texas and Kansas, and other sectors, such as senior living, partially offset the
adverse impact of California.

Looking at our fixed income institutional brokerage business, our posture toward rates was consistent with the broader market
as we entered 2014. We expected rates would increase gradually throughout the year, but the trend was not clear, so we adopted
a neutral posture. As the year progressed, beginning with economic contraction in the U.S. in the first quarter and deceleration
in major global economies in the second half of the year, rates actually declined throughout 2014. Given our largely neutral
bias toward rates, we did not benefit generally from these declines, but we produced year-over-year growth in our fixed income
institutional brokerage business. This growth resulted from more favorable trading results given the less volatile market
conditions in 2014 as compared to 2013.

Asset Management

Our asset management business performed well overall, with areas of significant performance in certain product that offset
challenges elsewhere. Net new assets for the year were flat across our range of strategies, and our exposure to the oil and gas
industry created a drag on the business in the second half of the year. Even with challenges in the energy sector, our energy-based
MLP team had another exceptional year of growth, with assets under management for the year increasing from $4.5 billion to
$5.7 billion. We also saw some significant inflows into our international products, finishing the year with nearly $1 billion under
management across several strategies. Countering these strong results were challenges in our value equity strategies, with net
outflows for the year as our core domestic strategies lagged their respective benchmarks. Improving performance in this area is a
key priority for us as we look ahead.

Outlook and Strategy

As we enter 2015, we expect U.S. economic growth to continue to strengthen as a result of improving employment levels and
low energy prices, though growth could be challenged by conditions in Europe or a slowdown in China. If the U.S. economy
continues to strengthen—capital is available to fund growth and CEO confidence levels remain high—we expect market
conditions generally to be accommodative for our equities and investment banking and asset management businesses. In this
environment, the Federal Reserve has signaled its intention to start raising interest rates, and a gradual increase in interest rates
should help our fixed income institutional brokerage business without disrupting our equity-related businesses.

The caveat to this U.S. growth scenario is that possible negative economic conditions globally would reverberate back to the U.S.
economy. And weak economic conditions and low rates outside the U.S. could challenge efforts by the Fed to raise interest rates
gradually, possibly leading to dislocations and volatility. So we generally intend to continue our neutral posture pending better
visibility in future interest rate movements.

Regardless of the conditions, we will continue our operating discipline and look for opportunities to invest in our higher margin
businesses, particularly asset management and advisory services. We have the management strength, financial resources and core
competency within our support groups to acquire and absorb new firms and increase our operating leverage.

On behalf of all of my employee partners, we thank all of our clients and you, our shareholders, for the trust you place in us.

Sincerely,

Andrew S. Duff
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

b o a r d o f d i r e c t o r s

e x e c u t i v e l e a d e r s h i p

Andrew S. Duff
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Piper Jaffray Companies

Addison (Tad) L. Piper
Retired
Former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Piper Jaffray Companies Inc.

William R. Fitzgerald
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Ascent Capital Group, Inc.

B. Kristine Johnson
President
Affinity Capital Management

Lisa K. Polsky
Executive Vice President, Chief Risk Officer
CIT Group Inc.

Philip E. Soran
Retired
Former President
Dell Compellent Inc.

Scott C. Taylor
Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary
Symantec Corp.

Michele Volpi
Chief Executive Officer
Betafence Holdings NV

Andrew S. Duff
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Chad R. Abraham
Co-Head of Global Investment Banking
and Capital Markets

Chris D. Crawshaw
Head of Asset Management

Frank E. Fairman
Head of Public Finance

John W. Geelan
General Counsel and Secretary

Jeffrey P. Klinefelter
Global Head of Equities

R. Scott LaRue
Co-Head of Global Investment Banking
and Capital Markets

Debbra L. Schoneman
Chief Financial Officer

M. Brad Winges
Head of Fixed Income Services and
Piper Jaffray Firm Investments and Trading

o u r g u i d i n g p r i n c i p l e s

We create and implement superior financial solutions
for our clients. Serving clients is our fundamental purpose.

We earn our clients’ trust by delivering
the best guidance and service.

Great people working together as a team
are our competitive advantage.

As we serve, we are committed to these core values:

Always place our clients’ interests first

Conduct ourselves with integrity and treat others with respect

Work in partnership with our clients and each other

Maintain a high-quality environment that attracts,
retains and develops the best people

Contribute our talents and resources to
serve the communities in which we live and work

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2014
Commission File No. 001-31720

PIPER JAFFRAY COMPANIES

(Exact Name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)

DELAWARE
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)

30-0168701
(IRS Employer Identification No.)

800 Nicollet Mall, Suite 1000
Minneapolis, Minnesota
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

55402
(Zip Code)

(612) 303-6000
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

Name of Each Exchange On Which Registered
The New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

Yes

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
No
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive
Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12
months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained
herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference
in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting
company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange
Act.

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes

The aggregate market value of the 15,685,715 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, held by non-affiliates
based upon the last sale price, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange, of the Common Stock on June 30, 2014 was approximately $812
million.

As of February 18, 2015, the registrant had 16,735,300 shares of Common Stock outstanding.

Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K incorporates by reference information (to the extent specific sections are referred to herein)

from the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 13, 2015.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

110

111

115

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS..............................................................................................................................................
RISK FACTORS .....................................................................................................................................
ITEM 1A.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS ..................................................................................................
PROPERTIES .........................................................................................................................................
ITEM 2.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS .......................................................................................................................
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES...........................................................................................................

ITEM 3.

ITEM 4.

PART II

ITEM 5.

ITEM 6.
ITEM 7.

MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES ..........................................................................................
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA ...........................................................................................................
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS ..............................................................................................................
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.........................
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA..........................................................
ITEM 8.
ITEM 9.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE................................................................................................................
ITEM 9A.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES .......................................................................................................
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.......................................................................................................................

PART III

ITEM 10.

ITEM 11.
ITEM 12.

ITEM 13.

ITEM 14.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE ................................
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION ..........................................................................................................
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS............................................................................................
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE ................................................................................................................................
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES .........................................................................

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES...............................................................
SIGNATURES ........................................................................................................................................

PART IV

PART I

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 contains forward-looking statements. Statements that are not historical
or current facts, including statements about beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking
statements include, among other things, statements other than historical information or statements of current conditions and may
relate to our future plans and objectives and results, and also may include our belief regarding the effect of various legal
proceedings, as set forth under "Legal Proceedings" in Part I, Item 3 of this Form 10-K and in our subsequent reports filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). Forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties, and
important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated, including those factors discussed below
under "Risk Factors" in Item 1A, as well as those factors discussed under "External Factors Impacting Our Business" included
in "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" of this Form 10-K and in our
subsequent reports filed with the SEC. Our SEC reports are available at our Web site at www.piperjaffray.com and at the SEC’s
Web site at www.sec.gov. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and we undertake no obligation
to update them in light of new information or future events.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS.

Overview

Piper Jaffray Companies is an investment bank and asset management firm, serving the needs of corporations, private equity
groups, public entities, non-profit entities and institutional investors in the U.S. and internationally. Founded in 1895, Piper
Jaffray provides a broad set of products and services, including equity and debt capital markets products; public finance services;
financial advisory services; equity and fixed income institutional brokerage; equity and fixed income research; and asset
management services. Our headquarters are located in Minneapolis, Minnesota and we have offices across the United States
and international locations in London, Hong Kong and Zurich. We market our investment banking and institutional securities
business under a single name – Piper Jaffray – which gives us a consistent brand across this business. Our traditional asset
management business is marketed under Advisory Research, Inc.

Prior to 1998, Piper Jaffray was an independent public company. U.S. Bancorp acquired the Piper Jaffray business in 1998
and operated it through various subsidiaries and divisions. At the end of 2003, U.S. Bancorp facilitated a tax-free distribution
of our common stock to all U.S. Bancorp shareholders, causing Piper Jaffray to become an independent public company again.

Our Businesses

We operate through two reportable business segments, Capital Markets and Asset Management. We believe that the mix of

activities across our business segments helps to provide diversification in our business model.

Capital Markets

The Capital Markets segment provides investment banking and institutional sales, trading and research services for various
equity and fixed income products. This segment also includes the results from our two alternative asset management funds and
our principal investments.

•

Investment Banking – We help raise capital through equity financings and provide advisory services, primarily relating
to mergers and acquisitions, for our corporate clients. We operate in the following focus sectors: healthcare, consumer
and retail, business services, clean technologies, industrials, and technology, media and telecommunications, primarily
focusing on middle-market clients. For our government and non-profit clients, we underwrite debt issuances and provide
financial advisory and interest rate risk management services. Our public finance investment banking capabilities focus
on state and local governments, cultural and social service non-profit entities, and the education, healthcare, hospitality,
senior living and transportation sectors.

• Equity and Fixed Income Institutional Brokerage – We offer both equity and fixed income advisory and trade execution
services for institutional investors and government and non-profit entities. Integral to our capital markets efforts, we
have equity sales and trading relationships with institutional investors in the United States and Europe that invest in
our core sectors. Our research analysts provide investment ideas and support to our trading clients on approximately
600 companies. Our fixed income sales and trading professionals have expertise in municipal, corporate, mortgage,

agency, treasury and structured product securities and cover a range of institutional investors. We engage in trading
activities for both customer facilitation and strategic trading purposes. Our strategic trading activities (i.e. proprietary
trading) are dedicated solely to investing firm capital, and focus on proprietary investments in a variety of securities,
including municipal bonds, mortgage-backed securities and equity securities.

• Principal Investments – We engage in merchant banking activities, which involve equity or debt investments in late
stage private companies. Additionally, we have investments in private equity and venture capital funds and other firm
investments.

• Alternative Asset Management Funds – As certain of our strategic trading and merchant banking efforts have matured
and an investment process has been developed, we have created alternative asset management funds in municipal
securities and merchant banking in order to invest firm capital as well as to seek capital from outside investors.

Asset Management

The Asset Management segment includes our traditional asset management business and our seed investments in registered
funds and private funds or partnerships that we manage. Our traditional asset management business offers specialized investment
management solutions for institutions, private clients and investment advisors. We manage value-oriented domestic, international
and global strategies, as well as MLP and energy infrastructure strategies, through open-end and closed-end funds. We also
provide customized solutions to our clients. In many cases, we offer both diversified and more concentrated versions of our
products, generally through separately managed accounts.

• Value Equity – We take a value-driven approach to managing assets in the domestic and international equity markets.
These investment strategies have an investment philosophy that centers on fundamental security selection across
industries and regions with a focus on analyzing, among other things, a company's financial position, liquidity and
profitability in light of its valuation. By focusing on securities with attractive net asset values, we seek to generate
competitive long-term returns while minimizing investment risk.

• Master Limited Partnerships ("MLPs") – We also manage MLPs focused on the energy sector. These strategies focus
on growth, yet seek to limit exposure to riskier securities by placing greater importance on characteristics which support
stable distributions and are representative of higher quality MLPs, including less volatile businesses, strategic assets,
cleaner balance sheets and proven management teams.

As of December 31, 2014, total assets under management ("AUM") were $11.5 billion, of which approximately 50 percent
was invested in equities and 50 percent in MLPs. As of the same date, approximately 8 percent of our AUM was invested in
international and global investment strategies and 92 percent was invested in domestic investment strategies. Approximately 78
percent of our AUM as of December 31, 2014 was managed on behalf of institutional clients, including foundations, endowments,
pension funds and corporations, and through mutual fund sponsors and registered advisors. Approximately 16 percent of our
AUM was managed on behalf of individual client relationships, which are principally high net worth individuals, and
approximately 6 percent of our AUM was managed through sub-advisory relationships on closed-end funds.

Discontinued Operations

Our Hong Kong capital markets business ceased operations in 2012. Additionally, we sold Fiduciary Asset Management,
LLC, an asset management subsidiary, in 2013. For further information on our discontinued operations, see Note 5 to our
consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Financial Information about Geographic Areas

For financial information concerning our geographic regions for each of the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and

2012, respectively, see Note 26 to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Competition

Our business is subject to intense competition driven by large Wall Street and international firms operating independently
or as part of a large commercial banking institution. We also compete with regional broker dealers, boutique and niche-specialty
firms, asset management firms and alternative trading systems that effect securities transactions through various electronic
venues. Competition is based on a variety of factors, including price, quality of advice and service, reputation, product selection,

transaction execution, financial resources and investment performance. Many of our large competitors have greater financial
resources than we have and may have more flexibility to offer a broader set of products and services than we can.

In addition, there is significant competition within the securities industry for obtaining and retaining the services of qualified
employees. Our business is a human capital business and the performance of our business is dependent upon the skills, expertise
and performance of our employees. Therefore, our ability to compete effectively is dependent upon attracting and retaining
qualified individuals who are motivated to serve the best interests of our clients, thereby serving the best interests of our company.
Attracting and retaining employees depends, among other things, on our company’s culture, management, work environment,
geographic locations and compensation.

Employees

As of February 18, 2015, we had approximately 1,055 employees, of whom approximately 655 were registered with the

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”).

Regulation

As a participant in the financial services industry, our business is regulated by U.S. federal and state regulatory agencies,
self-regulatory organizations (“SROs”) and securities exchanges, and by foreign governmental agencies, financial regulatory
bodies and securities exchanges. We are subject to complex and extensive regulation of most aspects of our business, including
the manner in which securities transactions are effected, net capital requirements, recordkeeping and reporting procedures,
relationships and conflicts with customers, the handling of cash and margin accounts, conduct, experience and training
requirements for certain employees, and the manner in which we prevent and detect money-laundering and bribery activities.
The regulatory framework of the financial services industry is designed primarily to safeguard the integrity of the capital markets
and to protect customers, not creditors or shareholders.

The laws, rules and regulations comprising this regulatory framework can (and do) change frequently, as can the interpretation
and enforcement of existing laws, rules and regulations. Conditions in the global financial markets and economy, including the
2008 financial crisis, caused legislators and regulators to increase the examination, enforcement and rule-making activity directed
toward the financial services industry, which we expect to continue in the coming years. In 2010, the federal government passed
the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank”). Dodd-Frank significantly restructures and
intensifies regulation in the financial services industry, with provisions that include, among other things, increased regulation
of and restrictions on OTC derivatives markets and transactions, broadening of the reporting and regulation of executive
compensation, and regulation of fiduciary duties owed by municipal advisors or conduit borrowers of municipal securities. In
addition, a section of Dodd-Frank referred to as the "Volcker Rule" provides for a limitation on proprietary trading and investments
by certain bank holding companies. We are not a bank holding company and, as a result, the Volcker Rule does not apply to us.
Even though portions of Dodd-Frank do not apply to us (e.g. the Volcker Rule), Dodd-Frank as a whole and the intensified
regulatory environment, will likely alter certain business practices and change the competitive landscape of the financial services
industry, which may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our U.S. broker dealer subsidiary (Piper Jaffray & Co.) is registered as a securities broker dealer with the SEC and is a
member of various SROs and securities exchanges. In July of 2007, the National Association of Securities Dealers and the
member regulation, enforcement and arbitration functions of the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) consolidated to
form FINRA, which now serves as the primary SRO of Piper Jaffray & Co., although the NYSE continues to have oversight
over NYSE-related market activities. FINRA regulates many aspects of our U.S. broker dealer business, including registration,
education and conduct of our employees, examinations, rulemaking, enforcement of these rules and the federal securities laws,
trade reporting and the administration of dispute resolution between investors and registered firms. We have agreed to abide by
the rules of FINRA (as well as those of the NYSE and other SROs), and FINRA has the power to expel, fine and otherwise
discipline Piper Jaffray & Co. and its officers, directors and employees. Among the rules that apply to Piper Jaffray & Co. are
the uniform net capital rule of the SEC (Rule 15c3-1) and the net capital rule of FINRA. Both rules set a minimum level of net
capital a broker dealer must maintain and also require that a portion of the broker dealer's assets be relatively liquid. Under the
FINRA rule, FINRA may prohibit a member firm from expanding its business or paying cash dividends if resulting net capital
falls below FINRA requirements. In addition, Piper Jaffray & Co. is subject to certain notification requirements related to
withdrawals of excess net capital. As a result of these rules, our ability to make withdrawals of capital from Piper Jaffray & Co.
may be limited. In addition, Piper Jaffray & Co. is licensed as a broker dealer in each of the 50 states, requiring us to comply

with applicable laws, rules and regulations of each state. Any state may revoke a license to conduct a securities business and
fine or otherwise discipline broker dealers and their officers, directors and employees.

We also operate an entity that is authorized, licensed and regulated by the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority and registered
under the laws of England and Wales. While we ceased operations related to our Hong Kong capital markets business as of
September 30, 2012, we expect to maintain a more limited presence in the Hong Kong region to facilitate our U.S. advisory
business. Accordingly, we have applied for a regulatory license to be registered with and subject to the Hong Kong Securities
and Futures Commission. The U.K. Financial Conduct Authority and the Hong Kong Securities and Futures Commission regulate
these entities (in their respective jurisdictions) in areas of capital adequacy, customer protection and business conduct, among
others.

Entities in the jurisdictions identified above are also subject to anti-money laundering regulations. Piper Jaffray & Co., our
U.S. broker dealer subsidiary, is subject to the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, which contains anti-money laundering and financial
transparency laws and mandates the implementation of various regulations requiring us to implement standards for verifying
client identification at account opening, monitoring client transactions and reporting suspicious activity. Our entities in Hong
Kong and the United Kingdom are subject to similar anti-money laundering laws and regulations. We are also subject to the
U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act as well as other anti-bribery laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate. These laws
generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from engaging in bribery or making other improper payments to foreign
officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or gaining an unfair business advantage.

We maintain asset management subsidiaries that are registered as investment advisers with the SEC and subject to regulation
and oversight by the SEC. These entities are Advisory Research, Inc. ("ARI"), Piper Jaffray Investment Management LLC
("PJIM"), and PJC Capital Partners LLC. As registered investment advisors, these entities are subject to requirements that relate
to, among other things, fiduciary duties to clients, maintaining an effective compliance program, solicitation agreements, conflicts
of interest, recordkeeping and reporting requirements, disclosure requirements, limitations on agency cross and principal
transactions between advisor and advisory clients, as well as general anti-fraud prohibitions. Certain investment funds that we
manage are registered investment companies under the Investment Company Act, as amended. Those funds and entities that
serve as the funds' investment advisors are subject to the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC,
which regulate the relationship between a registered investment company and its investment advisor and prohibit or severely
restrict principal transactions or joint transactions, among other requirements. ARI is also authorized by the Irish Financial
Services Regulatory Authority as an investment advisor in Ireland and cleared by the Luxembourg Commission de Surviellance
du Secteur Financier as a manager to Luxembourg funds. ARI is the investment advisor for Advisory Research Global Funds
PLC, an open-ended investment company with variable capital authorized and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland pursuant
to the European Communities Regulations (Undertakings for Collective Investments in Transferable Securities or UCITS). ARI
has established a Tokyo office which is a Representative Office of a Foreign Investment Advisor subject to Japanese laws and
regulations. PJIM is registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) and the National Futures Association
(“NFA”) as a commodities pool operator. The registrations with the CFTC and NFA allow PJIM to enter into derivative instruments
(e.g, interest rate swaps and credit default swap index contracts) to hedge risks associated with certain security positions of funds
managed by PJIM.

Certain of our businesses also are subject to compliance with laws and regulations of U.S. federal and state governments,
non-U.S. governments, their respective agencies and/or various self-regulatory organizations or exchanges governing the privacy
of client information. Any failure with respect to our practices, procedures and controls in any of these areas could subject us
to regulatory consequences, including fines, and potentially other significant liabilities.

Executive Officers

Information regarding our executive officers and their ages as of February 18, 2015, are as follows:

Name
Andrew S. Duff............................................
Chad R. Abraham ........................................
Christopher D. Crawshaw ...........................
Frank E. Fairman .........................................
John W. Geelan............................................
Jeff P. Klinefelter.........................................
R. Scott LaRue.............................................
Debbra L. Schoneman .................................
M. Brad Winges...........................................

Age
57
46
48
57
39
47
54
46
46

Position(s)
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Co-Head of Global Investment Banking and Capital Markets
Head of Asset Management
Head of Public Finance
General Counsel and Secretary
Global Head of Equities
Co-Head of Global Investment Banking and Capital Markets
Chief Financial Officer
Head of Fixed Income Services and Piper Jaffray Firm
Investments and Trading

Andrew S. Duff is our chairman and chief executive officer. Mr. Duff became chairman and chief executive officer of Piper
Jaffray Companies following completion of our spin-off from U.S. Bancorp on December 31, 2003. He also has served as
chairman of our broker dealer subsidiary since 2003, as chief executive officer of our broker dealer subsidiary since 2000, and
as president of our broker dealer subsidiary since 1996. He has been with Piper Jaffray since 1980. Prior to the spin-off from
U.S. Bancorp, Mr. Duff also was a vice chairman of U.S. Bancorp from 1999 through 2003.

Chad R. Abraham is our co-head of global investment banking and capital markets, a position he has held since October
2010. Prior to his current role, he served as head of equity capital markets since November 2005. Mr. Abraham joined Piper
Jaffray in 1991.

Christopher D. Crawshaw is our head of asset management. He has served in this role since January 2014. Mr. Crawshaw
joined Piper Jaffray from Advisory Research, Inc., a Chicago-based asset management firm that we acquired in 2010, where he
had been a managing director since 2004, having joined the company in 2001. Mr. Crawshaw was named president of Advisory
Research in 2012.

Frank E. Fairman is head of our public finance services business, a position he has held since July 2005. Prior to that, he
served as head of the firm's public finance investment banking group from 1991 to 2005, as well as the head of the firm's
municipal derivative business from 2002 to 2005. He has been with Piper Jaffray since 1983.

John W. Geelan is our general counsel and secretary. He served as assistant general counsel and assistant secretary from

November 2007 until becoming general counsel in January 2013. Mr. Geelan joined Piper Jaffray in 2005.

Jeff P. Klinefelter is the global head of our equities business, a position he has held since July 2012. From May 2010 until

July 2012, he served as head of equity research. Mr. Klinefelter joined Piper Jaffray in 1997 as a research analyst.

R. Scott LaRue is our co-head of global investment banking and capital markets, a position he has held since October 2010.
He had previously served as global co-head of consumer investment banking since February 2010, after having served as co-
head of consumer investment banking since August 2004. He has been with Piper Jaffray since 2003.

Debbra L. Schoneman is our chief financial officer. Ms. Schoneman joined Piper Jaffray in 1990 and has held her current
position since May 2008. She previously served as treasurer from August 2006 until May 2008. Prior to that, she served as
finance director of our corporate and institutional services business from July 2002 until July 2004 when the role was expanded
to include our public finance services division.

M. Brad Winges is head of fixed income services, a position he has held since January 2009, and became head of Piper
Jaffray firm investments and trading in February 2014. Mr. Winges joined Piper Jaffray in 1991 and served as head of public
finance services sales and trading from June 2005 until obtaining his current position. Prior to that, he served as head of municipal
sales and trading from June 2003 until June 2005.

Additional Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 800 Nicollet Mall, Suite 1000, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402, and our general
telephone number is (612) 303-6000. We maintain an Internet Web site at http://www.piperjaffray.com. The information contained
on and connected to our Web site is not incorporated into this report. We make available free of charge on or through our Web
site our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, amendments to those reports
filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and all other reports we file with
the SEC, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file these reports with, or furnish them to, the SEC. “Piper
Jaffray,” the “Company,” “registrant,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Piper Jaffray Companies and our subsidiaries. The Piper
Jaffray logo and the other trademarks, tradenames and service marks of Piper Jaffray mentioned in this report, including Piper
Jaffray®, are the property of Piper Jaffray.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.

Developments in market and economic conditions have in the past adversely affected, and may in the future adversely affect,
our business and profitability and cause volatility in our results of operations.

Economic and market conditions have had, and will continue to have, a direct and material impact on our results of operations
and financial condition because performance in the financial services industry is heavily influenced by the overall strength of
economic conditions and financial market activity. For example:

• Our equities investment banking revenue, in the form of underwriting, placement and financial advisory fees, is directly
related to macroeconomic conditions and corresponding financial market activity. As an example, a significant
component of our investment banking revenues are derived from initial public offerings of middle-market companies
in growth sectors, and activity in this area is highly correlated to the macroeconomic environment. Even though equity
markets were strong, volatility generally was low, and the U.S. economy showed signs of improvement in 2014, growth
has been uneven across various sectors. In addition, the U.S. economic recovery and financial markets remain vulnerable
to the possible risks posed by certain economic conditions or exogenous shocks, which could include, among other
things, the possibility of slowing global economic growth, tepid wage and consumer spending growth, deflation and
stagnation in the European Union, a resurgence of the European sovereign debt crisis, and the continued potential for
a deterioration in global economic conditions as a result of a significant downturn in one or more major economic
regions. If these factors were to worsen or if an exogenous shock were to materialize, it could lead to equity market
declines and volatility, which would likely have a significant negative impact on our results of operations.

• Although interest rates gradually declined throughout 2014 as a result of continued high demand for U.S. Treasuries
amidst slowing global economic growth and a variety of perceived geopolitical risks, interest rate volatility in 2015,
especially if the changes are rapid or severe, could negatively impact our fixed income institutional business. As an
example, a large percentage of our securities inventory - both that held for facilitating client activity as well as our own
proprietary trading - consist of fixed income securities, and a rapid increase in interest rates would decrease the value
of these positions, possibly significantly. Further, our interest rate hedging strategies may not mitigate this volatility
as we generally do not hedge all of our interest rate risk and volatility may reduce the correlation (i.e., effectiveness)
between certain hedging vehicles and the securities inventory we are attempting to hedge. In addition, interest rate
increases in 2015, both gradual and more severe, may negatively impact the volume of debt refinancing issuances
underwritten by our public finance investment banking business, as well as our managed funds focused on master
limited partnerships ("MLPs"), which may underperform in a rising interest rate environment.

• An unsustainable U.S. economic recovery, or a significant worsening of global economic conditions, would likely result
in a decline in the financial markets, reducing asset valuations and adversely impacting our asset management business.
A reduction in asset values would negatively impact this business by reducing the value of assets under management,
and as a result, the revenues generated from this business.

It is difficult to predict the market conditions for 2015, which are dependent in large part upon the pace and sustainability
of the U.S. economic recovery as well as the rate at which other of the world's major economies grow in 2015. Our smaller
scale compared to many of our competitors and the cyclical nature of the economy and this industry leads to volatility in our
financial results, including our operating margins, compensation ratios and revenue and expense levels. Our financial performance
may be limited by the fixed nature of certain expenses, the impact from unanticipated losses or expenses during the year, and

the inability to scale back costs in a timeframe to match decreases in revenue-related changes in market and economic conditions.
As a result, our financial results may vary significantly from quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year.

Developments in specific business sectors of the U.S. and global economy, as well as areas of the markets in which we conduct
our business, have in the past adversely affected, and may in the future adversely affect, our business and profitability.

Our results for a particular period may be disproportionately impacted by declines in specific sectors of the U.S. or global
economy, or for certain products within the financial services industry, due to our business mix and focus areas. For example:

• Our equity investment banking business focuses on specific sectors, specifically healthcare, business services, clean
technology and renewables, consumer, diversified industrials and services, and technology, media and
telecommunications. Volatility or uncertainty in the business environment for these sectors, including but not limited
to challenging market conditions for these sectors that are disproportionately worse than those impacting the economy
and markets generally or downturns in these sectors that are independent of general economic and market conditions,
may adversely affect our business and may cause volatility in the net revenues we receive from our capital markets
and corporate advisory activities. Further, we may not participate or may participate to a lesser degree than other firms
in sectors that experience significant activity, such as depository financial institutions, energy and mining, and
industrials, and our operating results may not correlate with the results of other firms which participate in these sectors.

• Our fixed income institutional business derives its revenue from sales and trading activity in the municipal market and
from products within the taxable market, including structured mortgages, hybrid preferreds and government agency
products. Our operating results for our fixed income institutional business may not correlate with the results of other
firms or the fixed income market generally because we do not participate in significant segments of the fixed income
markets such as credit default swaps, currencies and commodities.

•

Similar to our fixed income institutional business, our public finance investment banking business depends heavily
upon conditions in the municipal market. Our ability to effect investment banking transactions in the state and local
government sectors has been, and may continue to be, challenged by concerns over debt levels for municipal issuers
and fiscal budgets. Our public finance business focuses on investment banking activity in sectors that include state and
local government, education, senior living, healthcare, transportation, and hospitality sectors, with an emphasis on
transactions with a par value of $500 million or less. Challenging market conditions for these sectors that are
disproportionately worse than those impacting the broader economy or municipal markets generally may adversely
impact our business. More broadly, our fixed income institutional business and our public finance business are tied to
the municipal market and the enactment, or the threat of enactment, of any legislation that would alter the financing
alternatives available to municipalities through the elimination or reduction of tax-exempt bonds.

• A significant portion of our asset management revenues are derived from actively managed equity products, and this
type of investment product has experienced asset outflows in recent years. Although equity markets performed well in
2014 and most equity products experienced asset inflows during the year, equity market uncertainty, the increased
prevalence of lower-cost passively-managed funds, and other negative events impacting investor confidence could
cause the negative trend for actively-managed equity products to continue. Outflows for this investment product
negatively affect results of operations for this business, as revenues are closely tied to assets under management.

• Management and performance fees we earn on assets invested by institutions and individuals in our managed funds
focused on MLPs and other investments related to the energy infrastructure sector are a meaningful contributor to our
asset management revenues. Return on investment in the energy infrastructure sector is partly dependent on the prices
of energy commodities such as natural gas, natural gas liquids, crude oil, refined petroleum products or coal. Persistently
depressed prices for any of these products could potentially lead to a deterioration of market conditions for companies
in the energy infrastructure sector and poorer returns by our funds, and, consequently, a reduction in the management
and performance fees we receive.

Our proprietary trading and principal investments expose us to risk of loss.

We engage in a variety of activities in which we commit or invest our own capital, including proprietary trading and principal
investing. Our proprietary trading activities (which we also refer to as "strategic trading" in this report) related to municipal
bonds, non-agency mortgage bonds, and equities are a meaningful contributor to our overall financial results. Fixed income
proprietary trading activities - particularly with respect to non-agency mortgage bonds - comprise a meaningful percentage of
our Level III assets within our securities inventory. Level III assets have little or no pricing observability, and may be less liquid
than other securities that we hold in our securities inventory. In addition to proprietary trading, we engage in principal investing,

having established alternative asset management funds for municipal securities and merchant banking. We have invested firm
capital in these funds alongside capital raised from outside investors, and intend to continue to develop these alternative asset
management strategies. Additionally, we have principal investments in equity and debt instruments of private companies, and
in private equity and venture capital funds, among other firm investments.

Our results from these activities may vary significantly from quarter to quarter, especially as it relates to proprietary trading
activity. We may incur significant losses from our proprietary activities due to fixed income or equity market fluctuations and
volatility from quarter to quarter. In addition, we may engage in hedging transactions that if not successful, could result in losses.
With respect to principal investing, there often is not an established liquid trading market for these investments or our investments
may be otherwise subject to restrictions on sale or hedging, and our ability to withdraw our capital from these investments may
be limited, increasing our risk of losses. Also, our merchant banking activity involves investments in late stage private companies,
and we may be unable to realize our investment objectives by sale or other disposition at attractive prices.

Our stock price may fluctuate as a result of several factors, including but not limited to, changes in our revenues, operating
results, tangible book value and return on equity.

We have experienced, and expect to experience in the future, fluctuations in the market price of our common stock due to
factors that relate to the nature of our business, including but not limited to changes in our revenues, operating results, tangible
book value, and return on equity. Our business, by its nature, does not produce steady and predictable earnings on a quarterly
basis, which causes fluctuations in our stock price that may be significant. Other factors that have affected, and may further
affect, our stock price include changes in or news related to economic or market events or conditions, changes in market conditions
in the financial services industry, including developments in regulation affecting our business, failure to meet the expectations
of market analysts, changes in recommendations or outlooks by market analysts, and aggressive short selling similar to that
experienced in the financial industry in 2008.

Financing and advisory services engagements are transactional in nature and do not generally provide for subsequent
engagements.

Even though we work to represent our clients at every stage of their lifecycle, we are typically retained on a short-term,
engagement-by-engagement basis in connection with specific capital markets or mergers and acquisitions transactions. As a
consequence, the timing of when fees are earned, and, therefore, our financial results from capital markets and corporate advisory
activities may experience volatility quarter to quarter based on equity market conditions as well as the macroeconomic business
cycle more broadly. In particular, our revenues related to acquisition and disposition transactions tend to be highly volatile and
unpredictable (or “lumpy”) from quarter to quarter due to the one-time nature of the transaction and the size of the fee. As a
result, high levels of revenue in one quarter will not necessarily be predictive of continued high levels of revenue in any subsequent
period. If we are unable to generate a substantial number of new engagements and generate fees from the successful completion
of those transactions, our business and results of operations will likely be adversely affected.

The volume of anticipated investment banking transactions may differ from actual results.

The completion of anticipated investment banking transactions in our pipeline is uncertain and partially beyond our control,
and our investment banking revenue is typically earned only upon the successful completion of a transaction. In most cases, we
receive little or no payment for investment banking engagements that do not result in the successful completion of a transaction.
For example, a client's acquisition transaction may be delayed or terminated because of a failure to agree upon final terms with
the counterparty, failure to obtain necessary regulatory consents or board or stockholder approvals, failure to secure necessary
financing, adverse market conditions or unexpected financial or other problems in the client's or counterparty's business. If
parties fail to complete a transaction on which we are advising or an offering in which we are participating, we earn little or no
revenue from the transaction and may have incurred significant expenses (for example, travel and legal expenses) associated
with the transaction. Accordingly, our business is highly dependent on market conditions as well as the decisions and actions of
our clients and interested third parties, and the number of engagements we have at any given time (and any characterization or
description of our deal pipelines) is subject to change and may not necessarily result in future revenues.

Asset management revenue may vary based on investment performance and market and economic factors.

We have grown our asset management business in recent years, including with the acquisition of ARI in 2010, which has
increased the risks associated with this business relative to our overall operations. Assets under management are a significant
driver of this business, as revenues are primarily derived from management fees paid on the assets under management. Our
ability to maintain or increase assets under management is subject to a number of factors, including investors' perception of our

past performance, market or economic conditions, competition from other fund managers and our ability to negotiate terms with
major investors.

Investment performance is one of the most important factors in retaining existing clients and competing for new asset
management business. Poor investment performance and other competitive factors could reduce our revenues and impair our
growth in many ways: existing clients may withdraw funds from our asset management business in favor of better performing
products or a different investment style or focus; our capital investments in our investment funds or the seed capital we have
committed to new asset management products may diminish in value or may be lost; and our key employees in the business
may depart, whether to join a competitor or otherwise.

To the extent our investment performance is perceived to be poor in either relative or absolute terms, our asset management
revenues will likely be reduced and our ability to attract new funds will likely be impaired. Even when market conditions are
generally favorable, our investment performance may be adversely affected by our investment style and the particular investments
that we make. Further, as the size and number of investment funds, including exchange-traded funds, hedge funds and private
equity funds increases, it is possible that it will become increasingly difficult for us to attract new assets under management or
price competition may mean that we are unable to maintain our current fee structures.

An inability to readily divest trading positions may result in financial losses to our business.

Timely divestiture of our trading positions, including equity, fixed income and other securities positions, can be impaired
by decreased trading volume, increased price volatility, rapid changes in interest rates, concentrated trading positions, limitations
on the ability to divest positions in highly specialized or structured transactions and changes in industry and government
regulations. This is true both for customer transactions that we facilitate as well as proprietary trading positions that we maintain.
While we hold a security, we are vulnerable to valuation fluctuations and may experience financial losses to the extent the value
of the security decreases and we are unable to timely divest or hedge our trading position in that security. The value may decline
as a result of many factors, including issuer-specific, market or geopolitical events. In addition, in times of market uncertainty,
the inability to transfer inventory positions may have an impact on our liquidity as funding sources generally decline and we
are unable to pledge the underlying security as collateral. Our liquidity may also be impacted if we choose to facilitate liquidity
for specific products and voluntarily increase our inventory positions in order to do so, exposing ourselves to greater market
risk and potential financial losses from the reduction in value of illiquid positions.

In addition, reliance on revenues from hedge funds and hedge fund advisors, which are less regulated than many investment
company and advisor clients, may expose us to greater risk of financial loss from unsettled trades than is the case with other
types of institutional investors. Concentration of risk may result in losses to us even when economic and market conditions are
generally favorable for others in our industry.

Our businesses, profitability and liquidity may be adversely affected by deterioration in the credit quality of, or defaults by,
third parties who owe us money, securities or other assets.

The amount and duration of our credit exposures has been volatile over the past several years. This exposes us to the increased
risk that third parties who owe us money, securities or other assets will not perform their obligations. These parties may default
on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy, lack of liquidity, operational failure or other reasons. Deterioration in the credit
quality of securities or obligations we hold could result in losses and adversely affect our ability to rehypothecate or otherwise
use those securities or obligations for liquidity purposes. A significant downgrade in the credit ratings of our counterparties
could also have a negative impact on our results. Default rates, downgrades and disputes with counterparties as to the valuation
of collateral tend to increase in times of market stress and illiquidity. Although we review credit exposures to specific clients
and counterparties and to specific industries that we believe may present credit concerns, default risk may arise from events or
circumstances that are difficult to detect or foresee. Also, concerns about, or a default by, one institution generally leads to losses,
significant liquidity problems, or defaults by other institutions, which in turn adversely affects our business.

Particular activities or products within our business expose us to increased credit risk, including inventory positions, interest
rate swap contracts with customer credit exposure, merchant banking debt investments, counterparty risk with two major financial
institutions related to customer interest rate swap contracts without customer credit exposure, investment banking and advisory
fee receivables, customer margin accounts, and trading counterparty activities related to settlement and similar activities. With
respect to interest rate swap contracts with customer credit exposure, we have credit exposure with six counterparties totaling
$28.3 million at December 31, 2014 as part of our matched-book interest rate swap program. In the event of a termination of
the contract, the counterparty would owe us the applicable amount of the credit exposure, and we would owe that amount to our
hedging counterparty. If our counterparty is unable to make its payment to us, we would still be obligated to pay our hedging
counterparty, resulting in credit losses. Non-performance by our counterparties, clients and others, including with respect to our

inventory positions, interest rate swap contracts with customer credit exposures and our merchant banking debt investments
could result in losses, potentially material, and thus have a significant adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

An inability to access capital readily or on terms favorable to us could impair our ability to fund operations and could
jeopardize our financial condition and results of operations.

Liquidity, or ready access to funds, is essential to our business. Several large financial institutions failed or merged with
others during the credit crisis following significant declines in asset values in securities held by these institutions, and, during
2011, a financial institution failed due to liquidity issues related to the European sovereign debt crisis. To fund our business, we
rely on commercial paper and bank financing as well as other funding sources such as the repurchase markets. Our bank financing
includes uncommitted credit lines, which could become unavailable to us on relatively short notice. In an effort to mitigate this
funding risk, we renewed a $250 million credit facility for the sixth consecutive year in 2014, and also issued $125 million of
unsecured variable rate notes at the end of 2012, refinancing a three-year secured credit facility. The notes consist of two classes,
with $75 million maturing in November 2015 and $50 million maturing in May 2017. In order to further diversify our short-
term funding needs, we also continue to maintain three commercial paper programs in the amounts of $300 million, $150 million,
and $125 million.

Our access to funding sources, particularly uncommitted funding sources, could be hindered by many factors, and many of
these factors we cannot control, such as economic downturns, the disruption of financial markets, the failure or consolidation
of other financial institutions, negative news about the financial industry generally or us specifically. We could experience
disruptions with our credit facilities in the future, including the loss of liquidity sources and/or increased borrowing costs, if
lenders or investors develop a negative perception of our short- or long-term financial prospects, which could result from
decreased business activity. Our liquidity also could be impacted by the activities resulting in concentration of risk, including
proprietary activities from long-term investments and/or investments in specific markets or products without liquidity. Our
access to funds may be impaired if regulatory authorities take significant action against us, or if we discover that one of our
employees has engaged in serious unauthorized or illegal activity.

In the future, we may need to incur debt or issue equity in order to fund our working capital requirements, as well as to
execute our growth initiatives that may include acquisitions and other investments. Similarly, our access to funding sources may
be contingent upon terms and conditions that may limit or restrict our business activities and growth initiatives. For example,
the variable rate notes discussed above include covenants that, among other things, limit our leverage ratio and require
maintenance of certain levels of tangible net worth, regulatory net capital, and operating cash flow to fixed charges.

Lastly, we currently do not have a credit rating, which could adversely affect our liquidity and competitive position by
increasing our borrowing costs and limiting access to sources of liquidity that require a credit rating as a condition to providing
funds.

Concentration of risk increases the potential for significant losses.

Concentration of risk increases the potential for significant losses in our sales and trading, proprietary trading, merchant
banking and underwriting businesses. We have committed capital to these businesses, and we may take substantial positions in
particular types of securities and/or issuers. This concentration of risk may cause us to suffer losses even when economic and
market conditions are generally favorable for our competitors. Further, disruptions in the credit markets can make it difficult to
hedge exposures effectively and economically.

We may make strategic acquisitions and minority investments, engage in joint ventures or divest or exit existing businesses,
which could cause us to incur unforeseen expenses and have disruptive effects on our business and may not yield the benefits
we expect.

We may grow in part through corporate development activities that may include acquisitions, joint ventures and minority
investment stakes. For example, we expanded our existing asset management business in March 2010 with the acquisition of
ARI, a Chicago-based asset management firm, and we added to our public finance and fixed income sales and trading and
corporate advisory businesses with our acquisitions of Seattle-Northwest Securities Corporation and Edgeview Partners, L.P.
in July 2013. There are a number of risks associated with corporate development activities. Costs or difficulties relating to a
transaction, including integration of products, employees, technology systems, accounting systems and management controls,
may be difficult to predict accurately and be greater than expected causing our estimates to differ from actual results. We may
be unable to retain key personnel after the transaction, and the transaction may impair relationships with customers and business
partners. We may incur unforeseen liabilities of an acquired company that could impose significant and unanticipated legal costs
on us. Also, our share price could decline after we announce or complete a transaction if investors view the transaction as too

costly or unlikely to improve our competitive position. Longer-term, these activities may require increased costs in the form of
management personnel, financial and management systems and controls and facilities, which, in the absence of continued revenue
growth, would cause our operating margins to decline. More generally, any difficulties that we experience could disrupt our
ongoing business, increase our expenses and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition. We also may be
unable to achieve anticipated benefits and synergies from the transaction as fully as expected or within the expected time frame.
Divestitures or elimination of existing businesses or products could have similar effects. For example, we shut down our Hong
Kong capital markets business in 2012, and realized a pre-tax loss on the investment in our Hong Kong subsidiaries.

Our information and technology systems, including outsourced systems, are critical components of our operations, and
failure of those systems or other aspects of our operations infrastructure may disrupt our business, cause financial loss and
constrain our growth.

We typically transact thousands of securities trades on a daily basis across multiple markets. Our data and transaction
processing, custody, financial, accounting and other technology and operating systems are essential to this task. A system
malfunction (due to hardware failure, capacity overload, security incident, data corruption, etc.) or mistake made relating to the
processing of transactions could result in financial loss, liability to clients, regulatory intervention, reputational damage and
constraints on our ability to grow. We outsource a substantial portion of our critical data processing activities, including trade
processing and back office data processing. For example, we have entered into contracts with Broadridge Financial Solutions,
Inc. ("Broadridge") pursuant to which Broadridge handles our trade and back office processing, and Unisys Corporation
("Unisys"), pursuant to which Unisys supports our data center and helpdesk needs. We also contract with third parties for market
data services, which constantly broadcast news, quotes, analytics and other relevant information to our employees. We contract
with other vendors to produce and mail our customer statements and to provide other services. In the event that any of these
service providers fails to adequately perform such services or the relationship between that service provider and us is terminated,
we may experience a significant disruption in our operations, including our ability to timely and accurately process transactions
or maintain complete and accurate records of those transactions.

Adapting or developing our technology systems to meet new regulatory requirements, client needs, geographic expansion
and industry demands also is critical for our business. Introduction of new technologies present new challenges on a regular
basis. We have an ongoing need to upgrade and improve our various technology systems, including our data and transaction
processing, financial, accounting, risk management, compliance, and trading systems. This need could present operational issues
or require significant capital spending. It also may require us to make additional investments in technology systems and may
require us to reevaluate the current value and/or expected useful lives of our technology systems, which could negatively impact
our results of operations.

Our clients routinely provide us with sensitive and confidential information. Secure processing, storage and transmission
of confidential and other information in our internal and outsourced computer systems and networks is critically important to
our business. We take protective measures and endeavor to modify them as circumstances warrant. However, our computer
systems, software and networks, and those of our clients, vendors, service providers, counterparties and other third parties, may
be vulnerable to unauthorized access, cyberattacks, security breaches, computer viruses or other malicious code, inadvertent,
erroneous or intercepted transmission of information (including by e-mail), and other events that could have an information
security impact. We work with our clients, vendors, service providers, counterparties and other third parties to develop secure
transmission capabilities and protect against these events, but we do not have, and may be unable to put in place, secure capabilities
with all of these third parties and we may not be able to ensure that these third parties have appropriate controls in place to
protect the confidentiality of the information. If one or more of such events occur, this potentially could jeopardize our or our
clients' or counterparties' confidential and other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our computer
systems and networks, or those of third parties, or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our, our clients', our
counterparties' or third parties' operations. We may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify our protective
measures or to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures, and we may be subject to reputational harm as well
as litigation and financial losses that are either not insured against or not fully covered through any insurance maintained by us.

A disruption in the infrastructure that supports our business due to fire, natural disaster, health emergency (for example, a
disease pandemic), power or communication failure, act of terrorism or war may affect our ability to service and interact with
our clients. If we are not able to implement contingency plans effectively, any such disruption could harm our results of operations.

Legislative and regulatory proposals could significantly curtail the revenue from certain products that we currently provide.

Proposed changes in laws or regulations relating to our business could decrease, perhaps significantly, the revenue that we
receive from certain products or services that we provide. For example, federal law currently allows investors in debt issuances

by government and non-profit entities to exclude the bond interest for federal income tax purposes, resulting in lower interest
expense for the issuer as compared to a taxable financing. In recent years, federal lawmakers have presented various proposals
to limit or eliminate the tax-exempt status of this bond interest, and further negotiations in 2015 regarding the budget deficit
and federal spending cuts may also include similar proposals. Our public finance investment banking business receives significant
revenues as a result of underwriting activity in connection with debt issuances by government and non-profit clients, primarily
on a tax-exempt basis. Also, a significant percentage of our securities inventory — both positions held for client activity and
our own proprietary trading positions — consist of municipal securities. Any reduction or elimination of tax-exempt bond interest
could negatively impact the value of the municipal securities we hold in our securities inventory as well as our public finance
investment banking business more generally, which would negatively impact the results of operations for these businesses.

Our ability to attract, develop and retain highly skilled and productive employees is critical to the success of our business.

Historically, the market for qualified employees within the financial services industry has been marked by intense
competition, and the performance of our business may suffer to the extent we are unable to attract and retain employees effectively,
particularly given the relatively small size of our company and our employee base compared to some of our competitors and
the geographic locations in which we operate. The primary sources of revenue in each of our business lines are commissions
and fees earned on advisory and underwriting transactions and customer accounts managed by our employees, who have
historically been recruited by other firms and in certain cases are able to take their client relationships with them when they
change firms. Some specialized areas of our business are operated by a relatively small number of employees, the loss of any
of whom could jeopardize the continuation of that business following the employee's departure.

Further, recruiting and retention success often depends on the ability to deliver competitive compensation, and we may be
at a disadvantage to some competitors given our size and financial resources. Our inability or unwillingness to meet compensation
needs or demands may result in the loss of some of our professionals or the inability to recruit additional professionals at
compensation levels that are within our target range for compensation and benefits expense. Our ability to retain and recruit also
may be hindered if we limit our aggregate annual compensation and benefits expense as a percentage of annual net revenues.

Our exposure to legal liability is significant, and could lead to substantial damages.

We face significant legal risks in our businesses. These risks include potential liability under securities laws and regulations
in connection with our capital markets, asset management and other businesses. The volume and amount of damages claimed
in litigation, arbitrations, regulatory enforcement actions and other adversarial proceedings against financial services firms have
increased in recent years. Our experience has been that adversarial proceedings against financial services firms typically increase
during and following a market downturn. We also are subject to claims from disputes with our employees and our former
employees under various circumstances. Risks associated with legal liability often are difficult to assess or quantify and their
existence and magnitude can remain unknown for significant periods of time, making the amount of legal reserves related to
these legal liabilities difficult to determine and subject to future revision. Legal or regulatory matters involving our directors,
officers or employees in their individual capacities also may create exposure for us because we may be obligated or may choose
to indemnify the affected individuals against liabilities and expenses they incur in connection with such matters to the extent
permitted under applicable law. In addition, like other financial services companies, we may face the possibility of employee
fraud or misconduct. The precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases and there can
be no assurance that we will be able to deter or prevent fraud or misconduct. Exposures from and expenses incurred related to
any of the foregoing actions or proceedings could have a negative impact on our results of operations and financial condition.
In addition, future results of operations could be adversely affected if reserves relating to these legal liabilities are required to
be increased or legal proceedings are resolved in excess of established reserves.

Our inability to identify and address actual, potential, or perceived conflicts of interest may negatively impact our reputation
and have a material adverse effect on our business.

We regularly address actual, potential or perceived conflicts of interest in our business, including situations where our
services to a particular client or our own investments or other interests conflict, or are perceived to conflict, with the interests
of another client. Appropriately identifying and dealing with conflicts of interest is complex and difficult, and we face the risk
that our current policies, controls and procedures do not timely identify or appropriately manage such conflicts of interest. It
is possible that actual, potential or perceived conflicts could give rise to client dissatisfaction, litigation or regulatory enforcement
actions. Our reputation could be damaged if we fail, or appear to fail, to deal appropriately with potential or actual conflicts of
interest. Client dissatisfaction, litigation, or regulatory enforcement actions arising from a failure to adequately deal with conflicts
of interest, and the reputational harm suffered as a consequence, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our business is subject to extensive regulation in the jurisdictions in which we operate, and a significant regulatory action
against our company may have a material adverse financial effect or cause significant reputational harm to our company.

As a participant in the financial services industry, we are subject to complex and extensive regulation of many aspects of
our business by U.S. federal and state regulatory agencies, self-regulatory organizations (including securities exchanges) and
by foreign governmental agencies, regulatory bodies and securities exchanges. Specifically, our operating subsidiaries include
broker dealer and related securities entities organized in the United States and the United Kingdom, and we have applied for a
regulatory license in Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People's Republic of China (“PRC”) as we expect to
maintain a more limited presence in the region to facilitate our U.S. advisory business following the cessation of operations in
2012. Each of these entities is registered or licensed (or has applied to be licensed) with the applicable local securities regulator
and is subject to all of the applicable rules and regulations promulgated by those authorities. In addition, our asset management
subsidiaries, ARI, PJIM, and PJC Capital Partners LLC are registered as investment advisers with the SEC and subject to the
regulation and oversight by the SEC.

Generally, the requirements imposed by our regulators are designed to ensure the integrity of the financial markets and to
protect customers and other third parties who deal with us. These requirements are not designed to protect our shareholders.
Consequently, broker dealer regulations often serve to limit our activities, through net capital, customer protection and market
conduct requirements and restrictions on the businesses in which we may operate or invest. We also must comply with asset
management regulations, including requirements related to fiduciary duties to clients, recordkeeping and reporting and customer
disclosures. Compliance with many of these regulations entails a number of risks, particularly in areas where applicable
regulations may be newer or unclear. In addition, regulatory authorities in all jurisdictions in which we conduct business may
intervene in our business and we and our employees could be fined or otherwise disciplined for violations or prohibited from
engaging in some of our business activities.

Our business also subjects us to the complex income tax laws of the jurisdictions in which we have business operations,
and these tax laws may be subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and the relevant governmental taxing authorities.
We must make judgments and interpretations about the application of these inherently complex tax laws when determining the
provision for income taxes. We are subject to contingent tax risk that could adversely affect our results of operations, to the
extent that our interpretations of tax laws are disputed upon examination or audit, and are settled in amounts in excess of
established reserves for such contingencies.

The effort to combat money laundering also has become a high priority in governmental policy with respect to financial
institutions. The obligation of financial institutions, including ourselves, to identify their customers, watch for and report
suspicious transactions, respond to requests for information by regulatory authorities and law enforcement agencies, and share
information with other financial institutions, has required the implementation and maintenance of internal practices, procedures
and controls which have increased, and may continue to increase, our costs. Any failure with respect to our programs in this
area could subject us to serious regulatory consequences, including substantial fines, and potentially other liabilities. In addition,
our international operations require compliance with anti-bribery laws, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K.
Bribery Act 2010. These laws generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from engaging in bribery or making other
improper payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or gaining an unfair business advantage.
While our employees and agents are required to comply with these laws, we cannot ensure that our internal control policies and
procedures will always protect us from intentional, reckless or negligent acts committed by our employees or agents, which acts
could subject our company to fines or other regulatory consequences.

Risk management processes may not fully mitigate exposure to the various risks that we face, including market risk, liquidity
risk and credit risk.

We refine our risk management techniques, strategies and assessment methods on an ongoing basis. However, risk
management techniques and strategies, both ours and those available to the market generally, may not be fully effective in
mitigating our risk exposure in all economic market environments or against all types of risk. For example, we may fail to
identify or anticipate particular risks that our systems are capable of identifying, or the systems that we use, and that are used
within the industry generally, may not be capable of identifying certain risk, or every economic and financial outcome, or the
specifics and timing of such outcomes. In addition, our risk management techniques and strategies seek to balance our ability
to profit from our market-making and investing positions with our exposure to potential losses. Some of our strategies for
managing risk are based upon our use of observed historical market behavior. We apply statistical and other tools to these
observations to quantify our risk exposure. Any failures in our risk management techniques and strategies to accurately quantify
our risk exposure could limit our ability to manage risks. In addition, any risk management failures could cause our losses to

be significantly greater than the historical measures indicate. Further, our quantified modeling does not take all risks into account.
Our more qualitative approach to managing those risks could prove insufficient, exposing us to material unanticipated losses.

Use of derivative instruments as part of our risk management techniques may not effectively hedge the risks associated with
activities in certain of our businesses.

We use interest rate swaps, interest rate locks, credit default swap index contracts and option contracts as a means to manage
risk in certain inventory positions and to facilitate customer transactions. With respect to risk management, we enter into derivative
contracts to hedge interest rate and market value risks associated with our security positions, including fixed income inventory
positions we hold both for facilitating client activity as well as for our own proprietary trading operations. The instruments use
interest rates based upon the Municipal Market Data (“MMD”), LIBOR or SIFMA index. We also enter into credit default swap
index contracts to hedge risks associated with our taxable fixed income securities, and option contracts to hedge market value
risk associated with convertible securities and asset-backed securities. Generally, we do not hedge all of our interest rate risk.
In addition, these hedging strategies may not work in all market environments and as a result may not be effective in mitigating
interest rate and market value risk, especially when market volatility reduces the correlation between a hedging vehicle and the
securities inventory being hedged.

With respect to customer transactions, our fixed income business provides swaps and other interest rate derivative products
to public finance clients, which we in turn hedge through a counterparty. There are risks inherent in our use of these products,
including counterparty exposure and basis risk. Counterparty exposure refers to the risk that the amount of collateral in our
possession on any given day may not be sufficient to fully cover the current value of the swaps if a counterparty were to suddenly
default. Basis risk refers to risks associated with swaps where changes in the value of the swaps may not exactly mirror changes
in the value of the cash flows they are hedging. We may incur losses from our exposure to derivative interest rate products and
the increased use of these products in the future. For example, if the derivative instruments that we use to hedge the risks
associated with interest rate swap contracts with public finance clients where we have retained the credit risk are terminated as
a result of a client credit event, we may incur losses if we make a payment to our hedging counterparty without recovering any
amounts from our client.

The use of estimates and valuations in measuring fair value involve significant estimation and judgment by management.

We make various estimates that affect reported amounts and disclosures. Broadly, those estimates are used in measuring
fair value of certain financial instruments, accounting for goodwill and intangible assets, establishing provisions for potential
losses that may arise from litigation, and regulatory proceedings and tax examinations. Estimates are based on available
information and judgment. Therefore, actual results could differ from our estimates and that difference could have a material
effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Certain financial instruments, including financial instruments and other inventory positions owned, and financial instruments
and other inventory positions sold but not yet purchased, are recorded at fair value, and unrealized gains and losses related to
these financial instruments are reflected on our consolidated statements of operations. The fair value of a financial instrument
is the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
Where available, fair value is based on observable market prices or parameters or derived from such prices or parameters. Where
observable prices or inputs are not available, valuation models are applied. These valuation techniques involve management
estimation and judgment, the degree of which is dependent on the price transparency for the instruments or market and the
instruments' complexity. Difficult market environments, such as those experienced in 2008, may cause financial instruments to
become substantially more illiquid and difficult to value, increasing the use of valuation models. Our future results of operations
and financial condition may be adversely affected by the valuation adjustments that we apply to these financial instruments.

We have experienced volume declines and pricing pressures in our institutional sales and trading business, which may
adversely impact our revenues and profitability.

In recent years, we have experienced volume declines and pricing pressures within our institutional sales and trading business.
In the fixed income market, regulatory requirements have resulted in greater price transparency, leading to increased price
competition and decreased trading margins in certain instances. In the equity market, volumes have declined and institutional
clients increasingly limit the number of trading partners with whom they conduct business. The increased use of electronic and
direct market access trading has caused additional downward competitive pressure on trading margins, and the trend toward
using alternative trading systems continues to grow. These market dynamics may result in decreased trading revenue, reduce
our participation in the trading markets and our ability to access market information, and lead to the creation of new and stronger
competitors. Institutional clients also have pressured financial services firms to alter “soft dollar” practices under which brokerage
firms bundle the cost of trade execution with research products and services. Some institutions are entering into arrangements

that separate (or “unbundle”) payments for research products or services from sales commissions. These arrangements have
increased the competitive pressures on sales commissions and have affected the value our clients place on high-quality research.
Additional pressure on sales and trading revenue may impair the profitability of our business. Moreover, our inability to reach
agreement regarding the terms of unbundling arrangements with institutional clients who are actively seeking such arrangements
could result in the loss of those clients, which would likely reduce our institutional commissions. We believe that price competition
and pricing pressures in these and other areas will continue as institutional investors continue to reduce the amounts they are
willing to pay, including by reducing the number of brokerage firms they use, and some of our competitors seek to obtain market
share by reducing fees, commissions or margins.

The financial services industry and the markets in which we operate are subject to systemic risk that could adversely affect
our business and results.

Participants in the financial services industry and markets increasingly are closely interrelated as a result of credit, trading,
clearing, technology and other relationships between them. A significant adverse development with one participant (such as a
bankruptcy or default) may spread to others and lead to significant concentrated or market-wide problems (such as defaults,
liquidity problems or losses) for other participants, including us. This systemic risk was evident during 2008 following the
demise of Bear Stearns and Lehman Brothers, and the resulting events (sometimes described as “contagion”) had a negative
impact on the remaining industry participants, including us. Further, the control and risk management infrastructure of the
markets in which we operate often is outpaced by financial innovation and growth in new types of securities, transactions and
markets. Systemic risk is inherently difficult to assess and quantify, and its form and magnitude can remain unknown for
significant periods of time.

Regulatory capital requirements may limit our ability to expand or maintain our present levels of business or impair our
ability to meet our financial obligations.

We are subject to the SEC's uniform net capital rule (Rule 15c3-1) and the net capital rule of FINRA, which may limit our
ability to make withdrawals of capital from Piper Jaffray & Co., our U.S. broker dealer subsidiary. The uniform net capital rule
sets the minimum level of net capital a broker dealer must maintain and also requires that a portion of its assets be relatively
liquid. FINRA may prohibit a member firm from expanding its business or paying cash dividends if resulting net capital falls
below its requirements. Underwriting commitments require a charge against net capital and, accordingly, our ability to make
underwriting commitments may be limited by the requirement that we must at all times be in compliance with the applicable
net capital regulations.

As Piper Jaffray Companies is a holding company, it depends on dividends, distributions and other payments from our
subsidiaries to fund its obligations, including any share repurchases that we may make. The regulatory restrictions described
above may impede access to funds our holding company needs to make payments on any such obligations.

We may not be able to compete successfully with other companies in the financial services industry who often have significantly
greater resources than we do.

The financial services industry remains extremely competitive, and our revenues and profitability will suffer if we are unable
to compete effectively. We compete generally on the basis of such factors as quality of advice and service, reputation, price,
product selection, transaction execution and financial resources. Pricing and other competitive pressures in investment banking,
including trends toward multiple book runners, co-managers, and multiple financial advisors handling transactions, have
continued and could adversely affect our revenues. The trend toward multiple book runners has also been accompanied by an
increasing disparity in the relative economics between or among book runners, with the senior book runner(s) receiving a large
percentage of the economics.

We remain at a competitive disadvantage given our relatively small size compared to some of our competitors. Large financial
services firms have a larger capital base, greater access to capital and greater resources than we have, affording them greater
capacity for risk and potential for innovation, an extended geographic reach and flexibility to offer a broader set of products.
For example, these firms have used their resources and larger capital base to take advantage of growth in international markets
and to support their investment banking business by offering credit products to corporate clients, which is a significant competitive
advantage. With respect to our fixed income institutional and public finance investment banking businesses, it is more difficult
for us to diversify and differentiate our product set, and our fixed income business mix currently is concentrated in the municipal
market and to a lesser extent corporate credits and structured mortgage products, potentially with less opportunity for growth
than other firms which have grown their fixed income businesses by investing in, developing and offering non-traditional products
(e.g., credit default swaps, interest rate products and currencies and commodities).

The business operations that we conduct outside of the United States subject us to unique risks.

To the extent we conduct business outside the United States, for example in Asia and Europe, we are subject to risks including,
without limitation, the risk that we will be unable to provide effective operational support to these business activities, the risk
of non-compliance with foreign laws and regulations, and the general economic and political conditions in countries where we
conduct business, which may differ significantly from those in the United States. In 2012, we shut down our Hong Kong capital
markets business following a sustained period of operating losses, though we have applied for a regulatory license in Hong Kong
to maintain a presence in the region to facilitate U.S. advisory engagements. With respect to our Asia-based capital markets
activity, we facilitated underwritten capital-raising transactions for Asia-based issuers, which may have exposed us to greater
underwriting risk in our capital markets business as compared to the U.S., as noted above.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and of Delaware law may prevent or delay an acquisition of our
company, which could decrease the market value of our common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that are intended to deter abusive takeover
tactics by making them unacceptably expensive to the raider and to encourage prospective acquirors to negotiate with our board
of directors rather than to attempt a hostile takeover. These provisions include limitations on our shareholders' ability to act by
written consent and to call special meetings. Delaware law also imposes some restrictions on mergers and other business
combinations between us and any holder of 15 percent or more of our outstanding common stock. We believe these provisions
protect our shareholders from coercive or otherwise unfair takeover tactics by requiring potential acquirors to negotiate with
our board of directors and by providing our board of directors with more time to assess any acquisition proposal, and are not
intended to make our company immune from takeovers. However, these provisions apply even if the offer may be considered
beneficial by some shareholders and could delay or prevent an acquisition that our board of directors determines is not in the
best interests of our company and our shareholders.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.

As of February 18, 2015, we conducted our operations through 51 principal offices in 28 states, and the District of Columbia,
and in London, Hong Kong and Zurich. All of our offices are leased. Our principal executive office is located at 800 Nicollet
Mall, Suite 1000, Minneapolis, Minnesota and, as of February 18, 2015, comprises approximately 124,000 square feet of space
under a lease which expires November 30, 2025, with an early termination option effective January 31, 2022.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

Due to the nature of our business, we are involved in a variety of legal proceedings (including, but not limited to, those
described below). These proceedings include litigation, arbitration and regulatory proceedings, which may arise from, among
other things, underwriting or other transactional activity, client account activity, employment matters, regulatory examinations
of our businesses and investigations of securities industry practices by governmental agencies and self-regulatory organizations.
The securities industry is highly regulated, and the regulatory scrutiny applied to securities firms is intense, resulting in a
significant number of regulatory investigations and enforcement actions and uncertainty regarding the likely outcome of these
matters.

Litigation-related expenses include amounts we reserve and/or pay out as legal and regulatory settlements, awards or
judgments, and fines. Parties who initiate litigation and arbitration proceedings against us may seek substantial or indeterminate
damages, and regulatory investigations can result in substantial fines being imposed on us. We reserve for contingencies related
to legal proceedings at the time and to the extent we determine the amount to be probable and reasonably estimable. However,
it is inherently difficult to predict accurately the timing and outcome of legal proceedings, including the amounts of any
settlements, judgments or fines. We assess each proceeding based on its particular facts, our outside advisors' and our past
experience with similar matters, and expectations regarding the current legal and regulatory environment and other external
developments that might affect the outcome of a particular proceeding or type of proceeding. Subject to the foregoing and except
for the legal proceeding described below, we believe, based on our current knowledge, after appropriate consultation with outside
legal counsel and taking into account our established reserves, that pending legal actions, investigations and regulatory

proceedings, will be resolved with no material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations or
cash flows. However, there can be no assurance that our assessments will reflect the ultimate outcome of pending proceedings,
and the outcome of any particular matter may be material to our operating results for any particular period, depending, in part,
on the operating results for that period and the amount of established reserves. We generally have denied, or believe that we
have meritorious defenses and will deny, liability in all significant cases currently pending against us, and we intend to vigorously
defend such actions.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.

Not applicable.

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES

OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “PJC.” The following table contains historical
quarterly price information for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. On February 18, 2015, the last reported sale price
of our common stock was $54.56.

First Quarter .......................................................................
Second Quarter ...................................................................
Third Quarter......................................................................
Fourth Quarter ....................................................................

45.80
51.77
56.30
59.35

37.13
40.30
50.54
46.15

41.97
36.26
36.14
39.55

32.95
30.50
30.99
32.33

2014 Fiscal Year

High

Low

2013 Fiscal Year

High

Low

Shareholders

We had 16,093 shareholders of record and approximately 32,888 beneficial owners of our common stock as of February 18,

2015.

Dividends

We do not currently pay cash dividends on our common stock. Our board of directors is free to change our dividend policy
at any time. Restrictions on our U.S. broker dealer subsidiary’s ability to pay dividends are described in Note 27 to the consolidated
financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

The table below sets forth the information with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of Piper Jaffray Companies or
any “affiliated purchaser” (as defined in Rule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), of our common stock
during the quarter ended December 31, 2014.

Period
Month #1

(October 1, 2014 to October 31, 2014) ..............

Month #2

(November 1, 2014 to November 30, 2014) ......

Month #3

(December 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014).......
Total ......................................................................

Total Number of
Shares Purchased

Average Price
Paid per Share

Total Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs

Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares Yet to
Purchased Under the
Plans or Programs (1)

— $

5,051

— $
$

5,051

—

57.54

—
57.54

— $

100 million

— $

100 million

— $
— $

100 million
100 million

(1) Effective October 1, 2014, our board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to $100.0 million of common stock through September 30, 2016.

Stock Performance Graph

The following graph compares the performance of an investment in our common stock from December 31, 2009 through
December 31, 2014, with the S&P 500 Index and the S&P 500 Diversified Financials Index. The graph assumes $100 was
invested on December 31, 2009, in each of our common stock, the S&P 500 Index and the S&P 500 Diversified Financials Index
and that all dividends were reinvested on the date of payment without payment of any commissions. Dollar amounts in the graph
are rounded to the nearest whole dollar. The performance shown in the graph represents past performance and should not be
considered an indication of future performance.

FIVE YEAR TOTAL RETURN FOR PIPER JAFFRAY COMPANIES COMMON STOCK,
THE S&P 500 INDEX AND THE S&P DIVERSIFIED FINANCIALS INDEX

Company/Index

12/31/2009

12/31/2010

12/31/2011

12/31/2012

12/31/2013

12/31/2014

Piper Jaffray Companies............................

S&P 500 Index ..........................................

S&P 500 Diversified Financials ................

100

69.18

115.06

105.08

39.91

117.49

73.52

63.49

136.30

103.91

78.15

180.44

146.92

114.78

205.14

171.25

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

The following table presents our selected consolidated financial data in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles for the periods and dates indicated. The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and notes
thereto.

(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)

2014

For the year ended December 31,
2011
2012
2013

Revenues:

Investment banking ...........................................................................
Institutional brokerage.......................................................................
Asset management.............................................................................
Interest ...............................................................................................
Investment income ............................................................................
Total revenues.................................................................................
Interest expense .................................................................................
Net revenues ...................................................................................

Non-interest expenses:

Compensation and benefits ...............................................................
Restructuring and integration costs ...................................................
Goodwill impairment ........................................................................
Other..................................................................................................
Total non-interest expenses ............................................................

Income/(loss) from continuing operations before income tax

expense ..............................................................................................
Income tax expense ...........................................................................
Net income/(loss) from continuing operations .................................
Discontinued operations:

Income/(loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax ....................
Net income/(loss).................................................................................
Net income/(loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests ..................
Net income/(loss) applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies ..............
Net income/(loss) applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies'

common shareholders ......................................................................

Amounts applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies

Net income/(loss) from continuing operations..................................
Net income/(loss) from discontinued operations...............................
Net income/(loss) applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies .............

Earnings/(loss) per basic common share

Income/(loss) from continuing operations ........................................
Income/(loss) from discontinued operations .....................................
Earnings/(loss) per basic common share ........................................

Earnings/(loss) per diluted common share

Income/(loss) from continuing operations ........................................
Income/(loss) from discontinued operations .....................................
Earnings/(loss) per diluted common share .....................................

Weighted average number of common shares

369,811
156,809
85,062
48,716
12,813
673,211
25,073
648,138

394,510
—
—
143,317
537,827

110,311

35,986
74,325

—
74,325
11,153
63,172

58,141

63,172
—
63,172

3.88
—
3.88

3.87
—
3.87

248,563
146,648
83,045
50,409
21,566
550,231
25,036
525,195

322,464
4,689
—
122,429
449,582

75,613

20,390
55,223

(4,739)
50,484
5,394
45,090

40,596

49,829
(4,739)
45,090

2.98
(0.28)
2.70

232,958
166,642
65,699
37,845
4,903
508,047
19,095
488,952

296,882
3,642
—
119,417
419,941

69,011

19,470
49,541

202,513
135,358
63,307
43,447
8,178
452,803
20,720
432,083

265,015
—
120,298
126,959
512,272

(80,189)

9,120
(89,309)

2010

239,630
161,698
55,948
40,474
5,371
503,121
23,187
479,934

280,047
10,699
—
135,371
426,117

53,817

32,163
21,654

(5,807)
43,734
2,466
41,268

(11,248)
(100,557)
1,463
$ (102,020)

2,276
23,930
(432)
24,362

35,335

$ (102,020) (1) $

18,929

47,075
(5,807)
41,268

(90,772)
(11,248)
$ (102,020)

(5.79)
(0.72)
(6.51)

(5.79)
(0.72)
(6.51) (2) $

22,086
2,276
24,362

1.12
0.12
1.23

1.12
0.11
1.23

2.58
(0.32)
2.26

Basic ..................................................................................................
Diluted ...............................................................................................

14,971
15,025

15,046
15,061

15,615
15,616

15,672
15,672 (2)

15,348
15,378

Other data

Total assets.........................................................................................
Long-term debt ..................................................................................
Total common shareholders' equity...................................................
Total shareholders' equity..................................................................
Total employees (3)...........................................................................

$ 2,623,917
125,000
$
819,912
$
969,460
$
1,026

$ 2,318,157
125,000
$
734,676
$
882,072
$
1,026

$ 2,087,733
125,000
$
733,292
$
790,175
$
907

$ 1,655,721
115,000
$
718,391
$
750,600
$
919

$ 2,033,787
125,000
$
813,312
$
818,101
$

922

(1) No allocation of income was made due to loss position.

(2) Earnings per diluted common share is calculated using the basic weighted average number of common shares outstanding for periods in which a loss is

incurred.

(3) Number of employees reflect continuing operations.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF

OPERATIONS.

The following information should be read in conjunction with the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements
and related notes and exhibits included elsewhere in this report. Certain statements in this report may be considered forward-
looking. Statements that are not historical or current facts, including statements about beliefs and expectations, are forward-
looking statements. These forward-looking statements include, among other things, statements other than historical information
or statements of current condition and may relate to our future plans and objectives and results, and also may include our belief
regarding the effect of various legal proceedings, as set forth under "Legal Proceedings" in Part I, Item 3 of our Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 and in our subsequent reports filed with the SEC. Forward-looking
statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties, and important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from
those anticipated, including those factors discussed below under "External Factors Impacting Our Business" as well as the factors
identified under "Risk Factors" in Part I, Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014,
as updated in our subsequent reports filed with the SEC. These reports are available at our Web site at www.piperjaffray.com
and at the SEC Web site at www.sec.gov. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and we undertake
no obligation to update them in light of new information or future events.

Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We have included financial measures that are not prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles
("GAAP"). These non-GAAP financial measures include adjustments to exclude (1) revenues and expenses related to
noncontrolling interests, (2) amortization of intangible assets related to acquisitions, (3) compensation from acquisition-related
agreements and (4) restructuring and acquisition integration costs. These adjustments affect the following financial measures:
net revenues, compensation expenses, non-compensation expenses, net income applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies, earnings
per diluted common share, segment net revenues, segment operating expenses, segment pre-tax operating income and segment
pre-tax operating margin. Management believes that presenting these results and measures on an adjusted basis in conjunction
with U.S. GAAP measures provides the most meaningful basis for comparison of its operating results across periods.

Executive Overview

Our continuing operations are principally engaged in providing investment banking, institutional brokerage, asset
management and related financial services to corporations, private equity groups, public entities, non-profit entities and
institutional investors in the United States and Europe. We operate through two reportable business segments:

Capital Markets – The Capital Markets segment provides institutional sales, trading and research services and investment
banking services. Institutional sales, trading and research services focus on the trading of equity and fixed income products with
institutions, government and non-profit entities. Revenues are generated through commissions and sales credits earned on equity
and fixed income institutional sales activities, net interest revenues on trading securities held in inventory, and profits and losses
from trading these securities. Investment banking services include management of and participation in underwritings, merger
and acquisition services and public finance activities. Revenues are generated through the receipt of advisory and financing fees.
Also, we generate revenue through strategic trading and investing activities, which focus on proprietary investments in a variety
of securities, including municipal bonds, mortgage-backed securities, and equity securities and merchant banking activities that
involve equity or debt investments in late stage private companies. As certain of these efforts have matured and an investment
process has been developed, we have created alternative asset management funds in merchant banking and municipal securities
in order to invest firm capital as well as to seek capital from outside investors. We receive management and performance fees
for managing these funds.

As part of our strategy to grow our public finance business, on July 12, 2013, we completed the acquisition of Seattle-
Northwest Securities Corporation ("Seattle-Northwest"), a Seattle-based investment bank and broker dealer focused on public
finance in the Northwest region of the U.S.

On July 16, 2013, we completed the purchase of Edgeview Partners, L.P. ("Edgeview"), a middle-market advisory firm
specializing in mergers and acquisitions. The acquisition further strengthened our mergers and acquisitions position in the middle
market and added resources dedicated to the private equity community.

For more information on our acquisitions of Seattle-Northwest and Edgeview, see Note 4 of our consolidated financial

statements.

Asset Management – The Asset Management segment provides traditional asset management services by taking a value-
driven approach to managing assets in domestic and international equity markets. Additionally, the asset management segment
manages investments in master limited partnerships ("MLPs") focused on the energy sector for institutions and individuals.
Revenues are generated in the form of management and performance fees. Revenues are also generated through investments in
the partnerships and funds that we manage.

Discontinued Operations – Our discontinued operations include the operating results of our Hong Kong capital markets
business, which ceased operations in 2012, and Fiduciary Asset Management, LLC ("FAMCO"), an asset management subsidiary
we sold in 2013. As a result of discontinuing our Hong Kong capital markets business, we realized net cash proceeds of
approximately $19.1 million, due principally to a U.S. tax benefit for the realized loss on the investment in our Hong Kong
subsidiaries. See Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion of our discontinued operations.

Results for the year ended December 31, 2014

Net income applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies from continuing operations in 2014 was $63.2 million, or $3.87 per
diluted common share, compared with $49.8 million, or $2.98 per diluted common share, in 2013. The prior-year period results
of operations include a $4.0 million, or $0.24 per diluted common share, tax benefit from reversing the full amount of our U.K.
subsidiary's deferred tax asset valuation allowance. In 2014, we generated a return on average common shareholders' equity of
8.1 percent, compared with 6.2 percent for 2013. Net revenues from continuing operations for the year ended December 31,
2014 were $648.1 million, up 23.4 percent from $525.2 million in the year-ago period, driven by significantly higher advisory
services revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2014, non-compensation expenses from continuing operations were $143.3
million, up from $127.1 million in 2013. The increase was due to higher expenses from increased business activity and incremental
costs associated with the acquisitions of Seattle-Northwest and Edgeview. Additionally, non-compensation expenses from
continuing operations were reduced in 2013 due to the receipt of insurance proceeds for the reimbursement of prior legal
settlements.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, adjusted net income applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies from continuing
operations was $72.1 million(1), or $4.42(1) per diluted common share, compared with $59.5 million(1), or $3.56(1) per diluted
common share, for the prior-year period. Adjusted net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 were $632.4 million(1),
an increase of 22.5 percent from $516.4 million(1) reported in the year-ago period. For the year ended December 31, 2014,
adjusted non-compensation expenses were $129.5 million(1), up 16.6 percent compared to $111.0 million(1) for the year ended
December 31, 2013.

(1)

Reconciliation of U.S. GAAP to adjusted non-GAAP financial information

(Dollars in thousands)
Net revenues:

Net revenues – U.S. GAAP basis.....................................................................................................................
Adjustments:

Revenue related to noncontrolling interests.................................................................................................
Adjusted net revenues......................................................................................................................................

Non-compensation expenses:

Non-compensation expenses – U.S. GAAP basis............................................................................................
Adjustments:

Non-compensation expenses related to noncontrolling interests.................................................................
Restructuring and integration costs.............................................................................................................
Amortization of intangible assets related to acquisitions ............................................................................
Adjusted non-compensation expenses.............................................................................................................

Net income from continuing operations applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies:

Net income from continuing operations applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies – U.S. GAAP basis ...........
Adjustments:

Compensation from acquisition-related agreements ...................................................................................
Restructuring and integration costs.............................................................................................................
Amortization of intangible assets related to acquisitions ............................................................................
Adjusted net income from continuing operations applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies ............................

Earnings per diluted common share from continuing operations:

Earnings per diluted common share from continuing operations – U.S. GAAP basis..................................
Adjustments:

Compensation from acquisition-related agreements ...................................................................................
Restructuring and integration costs.............................................................................................................
Amortization of intangible assets related to acquisitions ............................................................................
Adjusted earnings per diluted common share from continuing operations...................................................

Year Ended December 31,
2013
2014

648,138

(15,699)
632,439

143,317

(4,546)
—
(9,272)
129,499

63,172

3,195
—
5,747
72,114

3.87

0.20
—
0.35
4.42

525,195

(8,794)
516,401

127,118

(3,400)
(4,689)
(7,993)
111,036

49,829

1,774
2,865
5,079
59,547

2.98

0.11
0.17
0.30
3.56

Market Data

The following table provides a summary of relevant market data over the past three years.

Year Ended December 31,
Dow Jones Industrials Average (a) ...........................
NASDAQ (a) ............................................................
NYSE Average Daily Number of Shares Traded

(millions of shares) .................................................
NASDAQ Average Daily Number of Shares Traded
(millions of shares) .................................................

Mergers and Acquisitions

2014
17,823
4,736

1,039

1,955

(number of transactions in U.S.) (b) .......................

10,263

Public Equity Offerings

(number of transactions in U.S.) (c) (e)..................

1,107

Initial Public Offerings

(number of transactions in U.S.) (c) .......................

282

Managed Municipal Underwritings

2013
16,577
4,177

1,034

1,762

9,146

1,125

221

2012
13,104
3,020

1,146

1,741

8,400

748

139

2014
v2013

7.5 %
13.4 %

2013
v2012

26.5 %
38.3 %

0.5 %

(9.8)%

11.0 %

1.2 %

12.2 %

8.9 %

(1.6)%

50.4 %

27.6 %

59.0 %

(number of transactions in U.S.) (d) .......................

10,867

11,485

13,115

(5.4)%

(12.4)%

Managed Municipal Underwritings

(value of transactions in billions in U.S.) (d)..........
10-Year Treasuries Average Rate..............................
3-Month Treasuries Average Rate.............................

$ 334.4

2.54%
0.03%

334.1
2.35%
0.06%

379.6
1.72%
0.07%

0.1 %
8.1 %
(50.0)%

(12.0)%
36.6 %
(14.3)%

(a) Data provided is at period end.

(b) Source: Securities Data Corporation.

(d) Source: Thomson Financial.

(e) Number of transactions includes convertible offerings.

External Factors Impacting Our Business

Performance in the financial services industry in which we operate is highly correlated to the overall strength of economic
conditions and financial market activity. Overall market conditions are a product of many factors, which are beyond our control
and mostly unpredictable. These factors may affect the financial decisions made by investors, including their level of participation
in the financial markets. In turn, these decisions may affect our business results. With respect to financial market activity, our
profitability is sensitive to a variety of factors, including the demand for investment banking services as reflected by the number
and size of equity and debt financings and merger and acquisition transactions, the volatility of the equity and fixed income
markets, changes in interest rates (especially rapid and extreme changes) and credit spreads, the level and shape of various yield
curves, the volume and value of trading in securities, overall equity valuations, and the demand for asset management services.

Factors that differentiate our business within the financial services industry may also affect our financial results. For example,
our capital markets business focuses on a middle-market clientele in specific industry sectors. If the business environment for
our focus sectors is impacted disproportionately as compared to the economy as a whole, or does not recover on pace with other
sectors of the economy, our business and results of operations will be negatively impacted. In addition, our business could be
affected differently than overall market trends. Given the variability of the capital markets and securities businesses, our earnings
may fluctuate significantly from period to period, and results for any individual period should not be considered indicative of
future results.

Outlook for 2015

Economic growth in the U.S. appears to be strengthening going into 2015, despite the moderating growth we saw at the
end of 2014. If the U.S. economy continues to strengthen, we would expect that interest rates generally will increase in response
to the rate of economic growth and inflation expectations in the U.S. We do not anticipate much movement in rates in the first
half of the year based on guidance from the Federal Reserve, however, the timing, magnitude and velocity of rate increases is
difficult to predict. Exogenous factors, like continued weakening in major economies internationally or significant geopolitical
events or conflicts, could adversely impact the rate of growth in the U.S. and possibly inject volatility into the U.S. equity and
debt markets. Moreover, external factors arising internationally, such as persistently low growth, relatively low yields or
significant political conflicts, could trigger capital flows into the U.S. which would overwhelm efforts by the Federal Reserve
to gradually raise rates, possibly leading to market dislocations and abrupt shifts in rates.

A rising interest rate environment in 2015 may generate mixed financial results across our debt financing and fixed income
institutional brokerage businesses. We expect that municipal debt underwriting activity in 2015 will be flat with 2014 levels, as
new issuance activity volume continues to lag historical levels. The strength of our broader product offerings and investments
in our public finance business over the past few years will benefit us during these challenging conditions. Low interest rates and
credit spreads reduced fixed income trading volumes during 2014, which impacted our customer flow trading revenues. A gradual
increase in interest rates in 2015 generally should be accommodative to our fixed income institutional brokerage business. We
intend to maintain a conservative bias in managing our inventories and hedging strategies to mitigate market volatility and our
exposure to interest rates.

Favorable equity market conditions in 2014 resulted in strong financial results across both our equity capital raising and
mergers and acquisitions businesses. If the U.S. economy continues to strengthen in 2015, we expect market conditions generally
to be accommodative for our equity-related businesses. With a strengthening U.S. economy, we believe that the equity markets
will continue to appreciate in 2015, but at more modest levels. While periods of heightened volatility during this time would
benefit our equity sales and trading business, a period of sustained market correction may be disruptive to our capital raising.

An improving U.S. economy also is likely to be accommodative for our asset management business. Asset management
revenues will continue to be dependent upon valuations and our investment performance, which can impact the amount of client
inflows and outflows of assets under management. Our exposure to energy through a dedicated energy fund, our MLP strategies
and energy holdings in our domestic strategies, adversely impacted our asset management revenues in the fourth quarter of 2014.
The sharp drop in the price of oil at the end of 2014 may increase the volatility of energy-related equity holdings in 2015.

Results of Operations

To provide comparative information of our operating results for the periods presented, a discussion of adjusted segment
results follows the discussion of our total consolidated U.S. GAAP results. Our adjusted segment results exclude certain revenue
and expenses required under U.S. GAAP. See the sections titled "Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures" and "Segment
Performance from Continuing Operations" in Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations for additional discussion and reconciliations.

Financial Summary

The following table provides a summary of the results of our operations on a U.S. GAAP basis and the results of our

operations as a percentage of net revenues for the periods indicated.

Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

2014
v2013

2013
v2012

As a Percentage of
Net Revenues for the
Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

(Dollars in thousands)
Revenues:

Investment banking ...........................
Institutional brokerage.......................
Asset management.............................
Interest ...............................................
Investment income.............................
Total revenues.................................

$ 369,811
156,809
85,062
48,716
12,813
673,211

$ 248,563
146,648
83,045
50,409
21,566
550,231

$ 232,958
166,642
65,699
37,845
4,903
508,047

Interest expense .................................

25,073

25,036

19,095

Net revenues ...................................

648,138

525,195

488,952

Non-interest expenses:

Compensation and benefits................
Occupancy and equipment ................
Communications................................
Floor brokerage and clearance...........
Marketing and business
development ....................................
Outside services.................................
Restructuring and integration costs ...
Intangible asset amortization
expense ............................................
Other operating expenses ..................
Total non-interest expenses.............

394,510
28,231
22,732
7,621

27,260
37,055
—

9,272
11,146
537,827

322,464
25,493
21,431
8,270

21,603
32,982
4,689

7,993
4,657
449,582

296,882
26,454
20,543
8,054

19,908
27,998
3,642

6,944
9,516
419,941

Income from continuing operations
before income tax expense ...............

110,311

75,613

69,011

Income tax expense ...........................

35,986

20,390

19,470

48.8%
6.9
2.4
(3.4)
(40.6)
22.4

0.1

23.4

22.3
10.7
6.1
(7.8)

26.2
12.3
N/M

16.0
139.3
19.6

45.9

76.5

6.7%
(12.0)
26.4
33.2
339.9
8.3

57.1% 47.3%
24.2
13.1
7.5
2.0
103.9

27.9
15.8
9.6
4.1
104.8

47.6%
34.1
13.4
7.7
1.0
103.9

31.1

3.9

4.8

3.9

7.4

100.0

8.6
(3.6)
4.3
2.7

8.5
17.8
28.7

15.1
(51.1)
7.1

9.6

4.7

60.9
4.4
3.5
1.2

4.2
5.7
—

1.4
1.7
83.0

17.0

5.6

61.4
4.9
4.1
1.6

4.1
6.3
0.9

1.5
0.9
85.6

14.4

3.9

60.7
5.4
4.2
1.6

4.1
5.7
0.7

1.4
1.9
85.9

14.1

4.0

74,325

55,223

49,541

34.6

11.5

10.5

10.1

Income from continuing
operations..........................................

Discontinued operations:

Loss from discontinued operations,
net of tax ..........................................

Net income applicable to
noncontrolling interests ...................

Net income applicable to Piper
Jaffray Companies ...........................

N/M – Not meaningful

Net income...........................................

74,325

50,484

43,734

47.2

15.4

—

(4,739)

(5,807)

N/M

(18.4)

—

11.5

(0.9)

(1.2)

9.6

1.0

8.9

0.5

11,153

5,394

2,466

106.8

118.7

1.7

63,172

45,090

41,268

40.1%

9.3%

9.7%

8.6%

8.4%

For the year ended December 31, 2014, we recorded net income applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies of $63.2 million.
Net revenues from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 were $648.1 million, a 23.4 percent increase
compared to $525.2 million in the year-ago period. In 2014, investment banking revenues increased 48.8 percent to $369.8
million, compared with $248.6 million in the prior-year period, driven by robust advisory services revenues as we were able to
capitalize on favorable market conditions and the investments we have made to strengthen our mergers and acquisitions resources
in the middle market. For the year ended December 31, 2014, institutional brokerage revenues were $156.8 million, compared
with $146.6 million in 2013, due to higher fixed income institutional brokerage revenues, partially offset by lower equity
institutional brokerage revenues. Asset management fees were $85.1 million in 2014, compared with $83.0 million in 2013. For
the year ended December 31, 2014, net interest income decreased to $23.6 million, compared with $25.4 million in 2013. In
2014, investment income was $12.8 million, compared with $21.6 million in the prior-year period as we recorded lower investment
gains associated with our merchant banking and firm investments, partially offset by higher gains associated with our investment
and the noncontrolling interests in the municipal bond fund that we manage. Non-interest expenses from continuing operations
were $537.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of 19.6 percent compared to $449.6 million in the prior
year, primarily resulting from higher compensation expenses due to increased revenues and improved operating performance
and higher non-compensation expenses due to increased business activity and incremental costs associated with the acquisitions
of Seattle-Northwest and Edgeview.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded net income applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies, including continuing
and discontinued operations, of $45.1 million. The results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 included a $4.0
million tax benefit from reversing the full amount of our U.K. subsidiary's deferred tax asset valuation allowance. Net revenues
from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $525.2 million, a 7.4 percent increase compared to
$489.0 million in 2012. In 2013, investment banking revenues were $248.6 million, compared with $233.0 million in the prior-
year period due to higher equity financing revenues, offset in part by a decline in advisory revenues. For the year ended
December 31, 2013, institutional brokerage revenues decreased 12.0 percent to $146.6 million, compared with $166.6 million
in 2012. The decline was driven by lower fixed income strategic trading results in 2013. In 2013, asset management fees increased
26.4 percent to $83.0 million, compared with $65.7 million in 2012, due to higher management fees from increased assets under
management and higher performance fees earned in the fourth quarter of 2013. In 2013, net interest income increased 35.3
percent to $25.4 million, compared with $18.8 million in 2012. The increase was primarily the result of higher net interest
income attributable to noncontrolling interests from our municipal bond fund, as well as higher inventory balances in mortgage-
backed and municipal securities. For the year ended December 31, 2013, investment income was $21.6 million, compared with
$4.9 million in the prior-year period as we recorded higher investment gains associated with our merchant banking and firm
investments. In 2013, non-interest expenses from continuing operations were $449.6 million, an increase of 7.1 percent compared
to $419.9 million in 2012, primarily resulting from higher compensation expenses due to an increased revenue base.

Consolidated Non-Interest Expenses from Continuing Operations

Compensation and Benefits – Compensation and benefits expenses, which are the largest component of our expenses, include
salaries, incentive compensation, benefits, stock-based compensation, employment taxes, income associated with the forfeiture
of stock-based compensation and other employee costs. A portion of compensation expense is comprised of variable incentive
arrangements, including discretionary incentive compensation, the amount of which fluctuates in proportion to the level of
business activity, increasing with higher revenues and operating profits. Other compensation costs, primarily base salaries and
benefits, are more fixed in nature. The timing of incentive compensation payments, which generally occur in February, has a
greater impact on our cash position and liquidity than is reflected on our consolidated statements of operations.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, compensation and benefits expenses increased 22.3 percent to $394.5 million from
$322.5 million in 2013 due to improved financial results. Compensation and benefits expenses as a percentage of net revenues
was 60.9 percent in 2014, compared with 61.4 percent in 2013. The lower compensation expense ratio was due to an increased
revenue base.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, compensation and benefits expenses increased 8.6 percent to $322.5 million from
$296.9 million in 2012. Compensation and benefits expenses as a percentage of net revenues increased from 60.7 percent in
2012 to 61.4 percent in 2013, primarily attributable to changes in our mix of business, as we recorded significantly higher fixed
income strategic trading revenues in 2012, which have a lower compensation payout.

Occupancy and Equipment – For the year ended December 31, 2014, occupancy and equipment expenses increased 10.7
percent to $28.2 million, compared with $25.5 million in the corresponding period of 2013. The increase was primarily the result
of incremental occupancy expenses from our acquisitions of Seattle-Northwest and Edgeview completed during the third quarter
of 2013, and incremental one-time occupancy costs related to our office space in New York City.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, occupancy and equipment expenses decreased 3.6 percent to $25.5 million, compared
with $26.5 million in 2012. The decrease was primarily the result of prior investments in technology and equipment becoming
fully depreciated and lower occupancy costs associated with our headquarters office space, offset in part by incremental occupancy
expense from our acquisitions of Seattle-Northwest and Edgeview during the third quarter of 2013.

Communications – Communication expenses include costs for telecommunication and data communication, primarily
consisting of expenses for obtaining third-party market data information. For the year ended December 31, 2014, communication
expenses increased 6.1 percent to $22.7 million, compared with $21.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The
increase resulted from higher market data service expenses.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, communication expenses increased 4.3 percent to $21.4 million, compared with

$20.5 million in 2012. The increase resulted from higher market data service expenses.

Floor Brokerage and Clearance – For the year ended December 31, 2014, floor brokerage and clearance expenses were
$7.6 million, compared with $8.3 million million in the year ended December 31, 2013, due to lower trading execution expenses.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, floor brokerage and clearance expenses increased slightly to $8.3 million, compared

with $8.1 million in 2012.

Marketing and Business Development – Marketing and business development expenses include travel and entertainment
costs, advertising and third party marketing fees. In 2014, marketing and business development expenses increased 26.2 percent
to $27.3 million, compared with $21.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, due to higher third party marketing fees
associated with our asset management business, as well as higher travel expenses from increased business activity.

In 2013, marketing and business development expenses increased 8.5 percent to $21.6 million, compared with $19.9 million

in the year ended December 31, 2012, due to higher travel expenses resulting from increased investment banking activity.

Outside Services – Outside services expenses include securities processing expenses, outsourced technology functions,
outside legal fees, fund expenses associated with our consolidated alternative asset management funds and other professional
fees. Outside services expenses increased 12.3 percent to $37.1 million in 2014, compared with $33.0 million in the corresponding
period of 2013. Excluding the portion of expenses from non-controlled equity interests in our consolidated alternative asset
management funds, outside services expenses increased 9.3 percent due primarily to higher legal and other professional fees.

Outside services expenses increased 17.8 percent to $33.0 million in 2013, compared with $28.0 million in the corresponding

period of 2012, due to higher computer consulting and fund expenses.

Restructuring and Integration Costs – During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded restructuring and integration
costs of $4.7 million primarily related to the acquisitions of Seattle-Northwest and Edgeview. For the year ended December 31,
2012, we recorded a restructuring charge of $3.6 million, which included $2.4 million of employee severance costs and $1.2
million for the reduction of leased office space.

Intangible Asset Amortization Expense – Intangible asset amortization expense includes the amortization of definite-lived
intangible assets consisting of customer relationships and non-competition agreements. For the year ended December 31, 2014,
intangible asset amortization expense was $9.3 million, compared with $8.0 million in the corresponding period of 2013. The
increase reflects a full year of intangible asset amortization expense related to the 2013 acquisitions of Seattle-Northwest and
Edgeview.

In 2013, intangible asset amortization expense increased to $8.0 million, compared with $6.9 million in 2012, due to the

acquisitions of Seattle-Northwest and Edgeview.

Other Operating Expenses – Other operating expenses include insurance costs, license and registration fees, expenses related
to our charitable giving program and litigation-related expenses, which consist of the amounts we reserve and/or pay out related
to legal and regulatory matters. Other operating expenses increased 139.3 percent to $11.1 million in 2014, compared with $4.7
million in 2013. In 2013, we received insurance proceeds for the reimbursement of prior legal settlements. Additionally, in 2014,
we incurred higher expenses related to our charitable giving program, driven by our increased profitability.

Other operating expenses decreased 51.1 percent to $4.7 million in 2013, compared with $9.5 million in 2012. In 2013, we

received insurance proceeds for the reimbursement of prior legal settlements.

Income Taxes – For the year ended December 31, 2014, our provision for income taxes was $36.0 million equating to an

effective tax rate, excluding noncontrolling interests, of 36.3 percent.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, our provision for income taxes was $20.4 million, equating to an effective tax rate,
excluding noncontrolling interests, of 29.0 percent. In 2013, we recorded a tax benefit for the full reversal of our U.K subsidiary's
deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $4.0 million as we achieved three years of profitability and expect future taxable profits.

In 2012, our provision for income taxes was $19.5 million equating to an effective tax rate, excluding noncontrolling
interests, of 29.3 percent. In 2012, we recorded a tax benefit for the reversal of previously accrued uncertain state income tax
positions of $7.4 million, net of federal tax, partially offset by a $4.6 million write-off of deferred tax assets related to equity
grants that either were forfeited or vested at share prices lower than the grant date share price.

Segment Performance from Continuing Operations

We measure financial performance by business segment. Our two reportable segments are Capital Markets and Asset
Management. We determined these segments based upon the nature of the financial products and services provided to customers
and our management organization. Segment pre-tax operating income and segment pre-tax operating margin are used to evaluate
and measure segment performance by our chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing
performance in relation to our competitors. Revenues and expenses directly associated with each respective segment are included
in determining segment operating results. Revenues and expenses that are not directly attributable to a particular segment are
allocated based upon our allocation methodologies, generally based on each segment’s respective net revenues, use of shared
resources, headcount or other relevant measures.

Throughout this section, we have presented segment results on both a U.S. GAAP and non-GAAP basis. Management
believes that presenting adjusted segment pre-tax operating income and adjusted segment pre-tax operating margin in conjunction
with the U.S. GAAP measures provides a more meaningful basis for comparison of its operating results and underlying trends
between periods.

Adjusted segment pre-tax operating income and adjusted segment pre-tax operating margin exclude (1) revenues and
expenses related to noncontrolling interests, (2) amortization of intangible assets related to acquisitions, (3) compensation from
acquisition-related agreements and (4) restructuring and integration costs. For U.S. GAAP purposes, these items are included
in each of their respective line items on the consolidated statements of operations.

Adjusted segment pre-tax operating income and adjusted segment pre-tax operating margin present the segments' results
of operations excluding the impact resulting from the consolidation of noncontrolling interests in alternative asset management
funds and private equity investment vehicles. Consolidation of these funds results in the inclusion of the proportionate share of
the income or loss attributable to the equity interests in consolidated funds that are not attributable, either directly or indirectly,
to us (i.e. noncontrolling interests). This proportionate share is reflected in net income/(loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests
in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, and has no effect on the overall financial performance of the segments,
as ultimately, this income or loss is not income or loss for the segments themselves. Included in adjusted segment pre-tax
operating income and adjusted segment pre-tax operating margin is the actual proportionate share of the income or loss attributable
to us as an investor in such funds. Adjusted segment pre-tax operating income and adjusted segment pre-tax operating margin
also exclude amortization of intangible assets and compensation from acquisition-related agreements resulting from our Advisory
Research, Inc., Seattle-Northwest and Edgeview acquisitions. The restructuring and integration costs excluded from adjusted
segment pre-tax operating income and adjusted segment pre-tax operating margin represent charges that resulted from severance
benefits, vacating redundant office space and contract termination costs.

Capital Markets

The following table sets forth the Capital Markets adjusted segment financial results from continuing operations and
adjustments necessary to reconcile to our consolidated U.S. GAAP pre-tax operating income and pre-tax operating margin for
the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,

2014

Adjustments (1)

2013

Adjustments (1)

Total

Noncontrolling

Other

U.S.

Total

Noncontrolling

Other

U.S.

Adjusted

Interests

Adjustments

GAAP

Adjusted

Interests

Adjustments

GAAP

(Dollars in thousands)

Investment banking

Financing

Equities ..........................................

$ 116,684

— $

— $ 116,684

$ 100,224

— $

— $ 100,224

Debt................................................

Advisory services ..............................

Total investment banking ......................

67,731

186,176

370,591

Institutional sales and trading

Equities..............................................

Fixed income .....................................

82,211

92,200

Total institutional sales and trading.....

174,411

Total management and performance

fees......................................................

Investment income ................................

5,398

8,347

Long-term financing expenses ..............

(6,655)

Net revenues .........................................

552,092

Operating expenses ...............................

467,198

—

15,699

—

15,699

4,546

—

67,731

186,176

370,591

82,211

92,200

174,411

74,284

74,420

248,928

91,169

76,275

167,444

5,398

3,891

24,046

21,610

(6,655)

(7,420)

567,791

434,453

6,917

478,661

382,157

—

8,794

—

8,794

3,400

—

74,284

74,420

248,928

91,169

76,275

167,444

3,891

30,404

(7,420)

443,247

7,674

393,231

Segment pre-tax operating income .......

84,894

11,153

(6,917)

89,130

52,296

5,394

(7,674)

50,016

Segment pre-tax operating margin........

15.4%

15.7%

12.0%

11.3%

(1) The following is a summary of the adjustments needed to reconcile our consolidated U.S. GAAP pre-tax operating income and pre-tax operating margin

to the adjusted segment pre-tax operating income and adjusted segment pre-tax operating margin:

Noncontrolling interests – The impacts of consolidating noncontrolling interests in our alternative asset management funds and private equity investment
vehicles are not included in adjusted segment pre-tax operating income and adjusted segment pre-tax operating margin.

Other Adjustments – The following table sets forth the items not included in adjusted segment pre-tax operating income and adjusted segment pre-tax
operating margin for the periods presented:

(Dollars in thousands)
Compensation from acquisition-related agreements ...............................................................................
Restructuring and integration costs.........................................................................................................
Amortization of intangible assets related to acquisitions ........................................................................

Year Ended December 31,
2013

2014

3,945
—
2,972
6,917

1,620
4,705
1,349
7,674

Capital Markets adjusted net revenues increased 27.1 percent to $552.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014,

compared with $434.5 million in the prior-year period.

Investment banking revenues comprise all of the revenues generated through financing and advisory services activities. To
assess the profitability of investment banking, we aggregate investment banking fees with the net interest income or expense
associated with these activities.

In 2014, investment banking revenues increased 48.9 percent to $370.6 million compared with $248.9 million in the
corresponding period of the prior year, due to higher equity financing and advisory services revenues. For the year ended
December 31, 2014, equity financing revenues were $116.7 million, up 16.4 percent compared with $100.2 million in the prior-
year period, as favorable equity markets, particularly in the first half of 2014, led to an increase in capital raising in our focus
sectors, especially healthcare, our strongest sector, resulting in more completed transactions and higher revenue per transaction.
During 2014, we completed 97 equity financings, raising $20.8 billion for our clients, compared with 92 equity financings,
raising $19.9 billion for our clients in the comparable year-ago period. Debt financing revenues for the year ended December 31,
2014 were $67.7 million, down 8.8 percent compared with $74.3 million in the year-ago period, due to lower public finance
revenues resulting from fewer completed transactions as our volume of new market issuances declined, and reduced underwriting
spreads. During 2014, we completed 351 negotiated public finance issues with a total par value of $7.7 billion, compared with
413 negotiated public finance issues with a total par value of $7.9 billion during the prior-year period. For the year ended
December 31, 2014, advisory services revenues increased to $186.2 million, compared with $74.4 million in 2013, due to higher
U.S. equity advisory services revenues from more completed transactions and higher revenue per transaction. Low volatility,
attractive valuation levels and readily available credit created a robust mergers and acquisitions environment in 2014. Our
strategic focus to strengthen our mergers and acquisitions resources in the middle market enabled us to capitalize on this
environment. We completed 77 transactions with an aggregate enterprise value of $13.7 billion in 2014, compared with 36
transactions with an aggregate enterprise value of $4.8 billion in 2013.

Institutional sales and trading revenues comprise all of the revenues generated through trading activities, which consist of
facilitating customer trades, executing competitive municipal underwritings and our strategic trading activities in municipal
bonds, mortgage-backed securities and equity securities. To assess the profitability of institutional brokerage activities, we
aggregate institutional brokerage revenues with the net interest income or expense associated with financing, economically
hedging and holding long or short inventory positions. Our results may vary from quarter to quarter as a result of changes in
trading margins, trading gains and losses, net interest spreads, trading volumes and the timing of transactions based on market
opportunities.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, institutional brokerage revenues increased to $174.4 million, compared with $167.4
million in the prior-year period, due to higher fixed income institutional brokerage revenues, partially offset by lower equity
institutional brokerage revenues. Equity institutional brokerage revenues were $82.2 million in 2014, down 9.8 percent compared
with $91.2 million in the corresponding period of 2013, due to lower revenues from block trades and losses from our equity
strategic trading activities compared to trading gains in the prior-year period. For the year ended December 31, 2014, fixed
income institutional brokerage revenues were $92.2 million, up 20.9 percent compared with $76.3 million in the prior-year
period. Higher trading gains and investments made in our middle markets team generated incremental revenue to offset the
impact of client trading volumes remaining relatively flat. In the second quarter of 2013, we recorded trading losses on inventory
positions due to a volatile trading environment caused by a rapid rise in interest rates and widening of credit spreads during that
period.

Management and performance fees include the fees generated from our municipal bond and merchant banking funds. For
the year ended December 31, 2014, management and performance fees were $5.4 million, compared with $3.9 million in the
prior-year period, due to increased performance fees from our municipal bond fund.

Adjusted investment income includes realized and unrealized gains and losses on our investments in the merchant banking
fund and the municipal bond fund that we manage for third-party investors, and other firm investments. For the year ended
December 31, 2014, adjusted investment income was $8.3 million, compared to $21.6 million in the corresponding period of
2013. In 2013, we recorded larger gains on our merchant banking activities. Merchant banking investments made before 2010
are accounted for on a cost basis, which can result, and in 2013 did result, in significant realized gains in the period of a liquidity
event for these investments.

Long-term financing expenses primarily represent interest paid on our variable rate senior notes. For the year ended
December 31, 2014, long-term financing expenses decreased to $6.7 million, compared to $7.4 million in the prior-year period.

Capital Markets adjusted segment pre-tax operating margin for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased to 15.4 percent,
compared with 12.0 percent for the corresponding period of 2013, due to operating leverage gained from increased revenues.

Year Ended December 31,

2013

Adjustments (1)

2012

Adjustments (1)

Total

Noncontrolling

Other

U.S.

Total

Noncontrolling

Other

U.S.

Adjusted

Interests

Adjustments

GAAP

Adjusted

Interests

Adjustments

GAAP

(Dollars in thousands)

Investment banking

Financing

Equities ..........................................

$ 100,224

— $

— $ 100,224

73,180

— $

73,180

Debt................................................

Advisory services ..............................

74,284

74,420

Total investment banking ......................

248,928

Institutional sales and trading

Equities..............................................

Fixed income .....................................

91,169

76,275

Total institutional sales and trading.....

167,444

Total management and performance

fees......................................................

3,891

Investment income ................................

21,610

Long-term financing expenses ..............

(7,420)

Net revenues .........................................

434,453

Operating expenses ...............................

382,157

—

8,794

—

8,794

3,400

—

74,284

74,420

248,928

91,169

76,275

167,444

3,891

30,404

74,102

86,165

233,447

75,723

111,492

187,215

1,678

5,666

(7,420)

(7,982)

443,247

420,024

7,674

393,231

366,408

—

4,174

—

4,174

1,708

—

74,102

86,165

233,447

75,723

111,492

187,215

1,678

9,840

(7,982)

424,198

3,512

371,628

Segment pre-tax operating income .......

52,296

5,394

(7,674)

50,016

53,616

2,466

(3,512)

52,570

Segment pre-tax operating margin........

12.0%

11.3%

12.8%

12.4%

(1) Other Adjustments – The following table sets forth the items not included in adjusted segment pre-tax operating income and adjusted segment pre-tax

operating margin for the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
2012

2013

1,620
4,705
1,349
7,674

—
3,512
—
3,512

Capital Markets adjusted net revenues increased 3.4 percent to $434.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013,

compared with $420.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

In 2013, investment banking revenues increased 6.6 percent to $248.9 million compared with $233.4 million in the prior
year, due to higher equity financing revenues, offset in part by a decline in advisory services revenues. For the year ended
December 31, 2013, equity financing revenues were $100.2 million, up 37.0 percent compared with $73.2 million in the prior-
year period as strong gains in the equity markets resulted in positive conditions for equity capital raising. During 2013, we
completed 92 equity financings, raising $19.9 billion for our clients, compared with 67 equity financings, raising $9.1 billion
for our clients (excluding the $16.0 billion of capital raised from the Facebook initial public offering, on which we had a small
co-manager position) in 2012. Debt financing revenues in 2013 were $74.3 million, essentially flat compared with the prior
year. In 2013, we completed 413 negotiated public finance issues with a total par value of $7.9 billion, compared with 444
negotiated public finance issues with a total par value of $7.3 billion in 2012. A decrease in the number of completed negotiated
public finance issues from 2012 was offset by increased revenue per transaction in 2013. Additionally, our market share gains
and industry sector strengths offset weak refunding activity in the second half of 2013. In 2013, our par value from negotiated
debt issuances increased 7.9 percent, compared to a 17.1 percent decline for the industry. For the year ended December 31, 2013,
advisory services revenues decreased 13.6 percent to $74.4 million due to lower U.S. advisory services revenue from fewer
completed transactions. In 2012, sellers were motivated to complete transactions due to anticipated tax increases in 2013.
Although this resulted in reduced activity through mid-year 2013, as we rebuilt our advisory pipeline, we experienced increasing
demand through the second half of 2013. We completed 36 transactions with an aggregate enterprise value of $4.8 billion during
2013, compared with 44 transactions with an aggregate enterprise value of $10.6 billion in 2012.

In 2013, institutional brokerage revenues decreased 10.6 percent to $167.4 million, compared with $187.2 million in 2012,
as a decline in fixed income institutional brokerage revenues was offset in part by higher equity institutional brokerage revenues.
Equity institutional brokerage revenues increased 20.4 percent to $91.2 million in 2013, compared with $75.7 million in 2012,
reflecting favorable equity markets and improved trading performance. Additionally, we generated revenues from our equity
strategic trading activities, which we began in the second half of 2013 to leverage our intellectual capital and to diversify our
strategic trading efforts. For the year ended December 31, 2013, fixed income institutional brokerage revenues were $76.3
million, compared with $111.5 million in 2012. The decrease primarily resulted from lower revenues from our strategic trading
activities, primarily related to non-agency mortgage-backed securities. In addition, we experienced trading losses in the second
quarter of 2013 on inventory positions due to the volatile trading environment caused by the rapid rise in interest rates and
widening of credit spreads.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, management and performance fees were $3.9 million, compared with $1.7 million
in the prior-year period, due to increased management fees from our municipal bond fund driven by higher assets under
management ("AUM") from net client inflows and a full year of management fees generated from our merchant banking fund.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, adjusted investment income was $21.6 million, compared to $5.7 million in 2012.
The significant increase from 2012 was driven by larger gains on our merchant banking investments. Merchant banking
investments made before 2010 are accounted for on a cost basis, which can result, and in this case did result, in significant
realized gains in the period of a liquidity event for these investments.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, long-term financing expenses decreased 7.0 percent to $7.4 million, compared to
$8.0 million in the prior-year period. The decrease was due to additional costs recognized in the fourth quarter of 2012 upon
prepayment of the syndicated bank facility.

Capital Markets adjusted segment pre-tax operating margin for 2013 decreased to 12.0 percent, compared with 12.8 percent

for 2012.

Asset Management

The following table sets forth the Asset Management segment financial results from continuing operations and adjustments
necessary to reconcile to our consolidated U.S. GAAP pre-tax operating income and pre-tax operating margin for the periods
presented:

Year Ended December 31,

2014

Adjustments (1)

2013

Adjustments (1)

Total

Noncontrolling

Other

U.S.

Total

Noncontrolling

Other

U.S.

Adjusted

Interests

Adjustments

GAAP

Adjusted

Interests

Adjustments

GAAP

(Dollars in thousands)

Management fees

Value equity.......................................

47,987

— $

47,987

50,066

— $

50,066

MLP...................................................

Total management fees..........................

30,785

78,772

Performance fees

Value equity.......................................

MLP...................................................

Total performance fees..........................

684

208

892

Total management and performance

fees......................................................

79,664

Investment income ................................

683

Total net revenues.................................

80,347

Operating expenses ...............................

51,582

—

30,785

78,772

21,248

71,314

684

208

892

7,620

220

7,840

79,664

79,154

683

2,794

80,347

81,948

7,584

59,166

48,439

—

21,248

71,314

7,620

220

7,840

79,154

2,794

81,948

7,912

56,351

Segment pre-tax operating income .......

28,765

— $

(7,584)

21,181

33,509

— $

(7,912)

25,597

Segment pre-tax operating margin........

35.8%

26.4%

40.9%

31.2%

(1) Other Adjustments – The following table sets forth the items not included in adjusted segment pre-tax operating income and adjusted segment pre-tax

operating margin for the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
2013

2014

1,284
—
6,300
7,584

1,284
(16)
6,644
7,912

Management and performance fee revenues comprise the revenues generated through management and investment advisory
services performed for separately managed accounts, registered funds and partnerships. Investment performance and client asset
inflows and outflows have a direct effect on management and performance fee revenues. Management fees are generally based
on the level of AUM measured monthly or quarterly, and an increase or reduction in assets under management, due to market
price fluctuations or net client asset flows, will result in a corresponding increase or decrease in management fees. Fees vary
with the type of assets managed and the vehicle in which they are managed. Performance fees are earned when the investment
return on assets under management exceeds certain benchmark targets or other performance targets over a specified measurement
period. The level of performance fees earned can vary significantly from period to period and these fees may not necessarily be
correlated to changes in total assets under management. The majority of performance fees, if earned, are generally recorded in
the fourth quarter of the applicable year or upon withdrawal of client assets. At December 31, 2014, approximately one percent
of our AUM was eligible to earn performance fees.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, management fees were $78.8 million, an increase of 10.5 percent, compared with
$71.3 million in the prior-year period, due to increased management fees from our MLP product offerings, partially offset by
decreased management fees from our value equity strategies. In 2014, management fees related to our value equity strategies
were $48.0 million, down 4.2 percent compared to the corresponding period of 2013, due to lower average AUM. The average
effective revenue yield (total management fees as a percentage of our average quarter-end AUM) for our value equity strategies
was 78 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to 79 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Management fees from our MLP strategies increased 44.9 percent in 2014 to $30.8 million, compared with $21.2 million in
2013, due to increased average AUM from net client inflows and net market appreciation, as well as higher average effective
revenue yield. Our average effective revenue yield for our MLP strategies was 54 basis points for the year ended December 31,
2014, compared to 50 basis points for the corresponding period in the prior year. The increase in the average effective revenue
yield was due to more assets from individual investors in open-ended funds, which earned higher fees.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, performance fees were $0.9 million, compared to $7.8 million in the prior-year
period. The performance fees recorded in 2014 were the result of certain funds exceeding their performance targets at the time
of client asset withdrawals. The performance fees recorded in 2013 resulted from certain funds exceeding their performance
targets over a specified measurement period.

Investment income includes gains and losses from our investments in registered funds and private funds or partnerships
that we manage. Investment income was $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared with $2.8 million for
the year ended December 31, 2013.

Adjusted segment pre-tax operating margin for the year ended December 31, 2014 was 35.8 percent, compared to 40.9
percent for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease resulted from higher non-compensation expenses, particularly
attributable to third party marketing fees.

Year Ended December 31,

2013

Adjustments (1)

2012

Adjustments (1)

Total

Noncontrolling

Other

U.S.

Total

Noncontrolling

Other

U.S.

Adjusted

Interests

Adjustments

GAAP

Adjusted

Interests

Adjustments

GAAP

(Dollars in thousands)

Management fees

Value equity.......................................

50,066

— $

50,066

48,636

— $

48,636

MLP...................................................

Total management fees..........................

Performance fees

Value equity.......................................

MLP...................................................

Total performance fees..........................

Total management and performance

fees......................................................

21,248

71,314

7,620

220

7,840

79,154

Investment income ................................

2,794

Total net revenues.................................

81,948

Operating expenses ...............................

48,439

—

21,248

71,314

14,600

63,236

7,620

220

7,840

785

—

785

79,154

64,021

2,794

733

81,948

64,754

7,912

56,351

39,955

—

14,600

63,236

785

—

785

64,021

733

64,754

8,358

48,313

Segment pre-tax operating income .......

33,509

— $

(7,912)

25,597

24,799

— $

(8,358)

16,441

Segment pre-tax operating margin........

40.9%

31.2%

38.3%

25.4%

(1) Other Adjustments – The following table sets forth the items not included in adjusted segment pre-tax operating income and adjusted segment pre-tax

operating margin for the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
2012

2013

1,284
(16)
6,644
7,912

1,284
130
6,944
8,358

For the year ended December 31, 2013, management fees were $71.3 million, an increase of 12.8 percent, compared with
$63.2 million in the prior year, due primarily to increased AUM and management fees from our MLP product offerings. In 2013,
management fees related to our value equity strategies were $50.1 million, up 2.9 percent compared to 2012. The impact of
increased AUM in 2013 from market appreciation was offset by a lower average effective revenue yield. The average effective
revenue yield for our value equity strategies was 79 basis points in 2013, compared to 81 basis points in the prior year. Management
fees from our our MLP strategies increased 45.5 percent in 2013 to $21.2 million, compared with $14.6 million in 2012, due to
increased average AUM. The average effective revenue yield for our MLP strategies was 50 basis points in 2013, compared to
49 basis points in 2012.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, performance fees were $7.8 million, compared to $0.8 million in 2012. The
performance fees recorded in 2013 resulted from certain funds exceeding their performance targets over a specified measurement
period. The performance fees recorded during 2012 were the result of certain funds exceeding their performance targets at the
time of client asset withdrawals.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, investment income was $2.8 million compared with $0.7 million for 2012.

Adjusted segment pre-tax operating margin for 2013 was 40.9 percent, compared to 38.3 percent for 2012. The increase

resulted from improved operating results driven by higher net revenues.

The following table summarizes the changes in our AUM for the periods presented:

(Dollars in millions)
Value Equity

Twelve Months Ended
December 31,
2013

2012

2014

Beginning of period...................................................................
Net outflows .............................................................................
Net market appreciation ...........................................................
End of period.............................................................................

MLP

Beginning of period...................................................................
Net inflows ...............................................................................
Net market appreciation ...........................................................
End of period.............................................................................

Total

6,683
(979)
54
5,758

4,549
719
443
5,711

11,232
(260)
497
11,469

5,865
(756)
1,574
6,683

3,186
498
865
4,549

9,051
(258)
2,439
11,232

5,805
(515)
575
5,865

2,751
338
97
3,186

8,556
(177)
672
9,051

For the year ended December 31, 2014, total AUM increased to $11.5 billion as market appreciation and net client inflows
in our MLP product offerings were partially offset by net client outflows in our value equity strategies. Value equity AUM was
$5.8 billion at December 31, 2014, compared to $6.7 billion at December 31, 2013 due to net client outflows during the period.
Our performance in our core domestic strategies has lagged their relative benchmarks which has hindered our ability to attract
significant net new value equity AUM. MLP AUM increased $1.2 billion to $5.7 billion at December 31, 2014 as we experienced
net client inflows of $0.7 billion and net market appreciation of $0.4 billion.

Total AUM increased $2.2 billion to $11.2 billion in 2013 as the strong equity markets drove net market appreciation of
$2.4 billion. Value equity AUM was $6.7 billion at December 31, 2013, compared to $5.9 billion at December 31, 2012 as net
market appreciation of $1.6 billion was offset by net client outflows of $0.8 billion during the period, due to changes in client
investment strategies away from the value equity platform. In 2013, the value equity strategy did not attract significant net new
assets as investors were seeking greater upside potential in the strong equity markets. MLP AUM increased $1.4 billion to $4.5
billion in 2013 as we experienced both net market appreciation and net client inflows during this period.

Discontinued Operations

Discontinued operations include the operating results of our Hong Kong capital markets business, which ceased operations
in 2012, and FAMCO, an asset management subsidiary we sold in 2013. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we
recorded a loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, of $4.7 million and $5.8 million, respectively.

The results of discontinued operations for the Hong Kong capital markets business were as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)

Year Ended December 31,

2013

2012

Net revenues .................................................................................................................

— $

6,635

Restructuring expenses.................................................................................................
Other expenses .............................................................................................................
Total non-interest expenses........................................................................................

—
1,197
1,197

11,535
16,550
28,085

Loss from discontinued operations before income tax benefit.......................................

(1,197)

(21,450)

Income tax benefit .......................................................................................................

(415)

(21,069)

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax................................................................

(782)

(381)

The $1.2 million of other expenses recorded in 2013 consisted of costs to dissolve our Hong Kong subsidiaries.

The $11.5 million of restructuring expenses recorded in 2012 consisted primarily of costs incurred for early termination of
leased office space and severance benefits. Additionally, we recorded a $21.1 million U.S. tax benefit related to the realized loss
on our Piper Jaffray Asia subsidiaries.

The results of discontinued operations for FAMCO were as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)

Year Ended December 31,

2013

2012

Net revenues .................................................................................................................

1,650

5,718

Goodwill impairment ...................................................................................................
Operating expenses ......................................................................................................
Total non-interest expenses........................................................................................

Loss from discontinued operations before income tax benefit.......................................

Income tax benefit ........................................................................................................

Loss from discontinued operations.................................................................................

Loss on sale, net of tax .................................................................................................

—
5,057
5,057

(3,407)

(1,326)

(2,081)

(1,876)

5,508
8,362
13,870

(8,152)

(2,726)

(5,426)

—

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax................................................................

(3,957)

(5,426)

The loss from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 primarily related to an indemnification

obligation related to the sale of FAMCO.

The $5.5 million non-cash goodwill impairment charge recorded in 2012 represented the residual value of goodwill

attributable to the FAMCO reporting unit and pertained to goodwill created from our 2007 acquisition of FAMCO.

See Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion of our discontinued operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent accounting pronouncements are set forth in Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item

8 of this Form 10-K, and are incorporated herein by reference.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our accounting and reporting policies comply with GAAP and conform to practices within the securities industry. The
preparation of financial statements in compliance with GAAP and industry practices requires us to make estimates and
assumptions that could materially affect amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements. Critical accounting policies
are those policies that we believe to be the most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations
and that require us to make estimates that are difficult, subjective or complex. Most accounting policies are not considered by
us to be critical accounting policies. Several factors are considered in determining whether or not a policy is critical, including
whether the estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, the nature of the estimates, the
ability to readily validate the estimates with other information (e.g. third-party or independent sources), the sensitivity of the
estimates to changes in economic conditions and whether alternative accounting methods may be used under GAAP.

For a full description of our significant accounting policies, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in
Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K. We believe that of our significant accounting policies, the following are our critical accounting
policies.

Valuation of Financial Instruments

Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned, financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but
not yet purchased, and certain of our investments recorded in investments on our consolidated statements of financial condition
consist of financial instruments recorded at fair value, either as required by accounting guidance or through the fair value election.
Unrealized gains and losses related to these financial instruments are reflected on our consolidated statements of operations.

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in an orderly transaction
between market participants at the measurement date (the exit price). Based on the nature of our business and our role as a
"dealer" in the securities industry or our role as a manager of alternative asset management funds, the fair values of our financial
instruments are determined internally. See Note 2 and Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements for additional information
on the valuation of our financial instruments and our fair value processes, including specific control processes to determine the
reasonableness of the fair value of our financial instruments.

Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, "Fair Value Measurement,"
establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy
gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level I measurements)
and the lowest priority to inputs with little or no pricing observability (Level III measurements). Assets and liabilities are classified
in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. See Note 7 to our consolidated
financial statements for additional discussion of our assets and liabilities in the fair value hierarchy.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

We record all assets and liabilities acquired in purchase acquisitions, including goodwill and other intangible assets, at fair
value. Determining the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired requires certain management estimates. At December 31,
2014, we had goodwill of $211.9 million. The goodwill balance consists of $15.0 million recorded as a result of our acquisitions
of Seattle-Northwest and Edgeview within our capital markets segment and the remaining $196.8 million relates to our asset
management segment. At December 31, 2014, we had intangible assets of $30.7 million, of which $2.3 million relates to our
capital markets segment and $28.3 million relates to our asset management segment.

We are required to perform impairment tests of our goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets annually and on an interim
basis when circumstances exist that could indicate possible impairment. We have elected to test for goodwill impairment in the
fourth quarter of each calendar year. We have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely
than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing an assessment, we determine it
is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step
impairment test is unnecessary. However, if we conclude otherwise, then we are required to perform the two-step impairment
test, which requires management to make judgments in determining what assumptions to use in the calculation. See Note 14 to
our consolidated financial statements for additional information on our goodwill impairment testing.

We elected to perform a qualitative assessment to test the goodwill in our capital markets reporting unit for impairment.
The following relevant events and circumstances were evaluated in concluding that it was not more likely than not that this
goodwill was impaired: macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, and the overall financial performance
of the capital markets reporting unit.

The initial recognition of goodwill and other intangible assets and the subsequent quantitative impairment analysis requires
management to make subjective judgments concerning estimates of how the acquired assets or businesses will perform in the
future using valuation methods including discounted cash flow analysis. Our estimated cash flows typically extend for five years
and, by their nature, are difficult to determine over an extended time period. Events and factors that may significantly affect the
estimates include, among others, competitive forces and changes in revenue growth trends, cost structures, technology, discount
rates and market conditions. To assess the reasonableness of cash flow estimates and validate assumptions used in our estimates,
we review historical performance of the underlying assets or similar assets. In assessing the fair value of our reporting units, the
volatile nature of the securities markets and our industry requires us to consider the business and market cycle and assess the
stage of the cycle in estimating the timing and extent of future cash flows. In addition to discounted cash flows, we consider our
market capitalization, public company comparables and multiples of recent mergers and acquisitions of similar businesses in
our subsequent impairment analysis. Valuation multiples may be based on revenues, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation
and amortization (EBITDA), price-to-earnings or cash flows of comparable public companies and business segments. These
multiples may be adjusted to consider competitive differences including size, operating leverage and other factors.

We completed our annual goodwill impairment analysis as of October 31, 2014, and concluded there was no goodwill

impairment.

We also evaluated the intangible assets (indefinite and definite-lived) and concluded there was no impairment in 2014.

Compensation Plans

Stock-Based Compensation Plans

As part of our compensation to employees and directors, we use stock-based compensation, consisting of restricted stock,
restricted stock units and stock options. We account for equity awards in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards
Codification Topic 718, "Compensation–Stock Compensation," ("ASC 718"), which requires all share-based payments to
employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized on the consolidated statements of operations at grant
date fair value. Compensation expense related to share-based awards which require future service are amortized over the service
period of the award, net of estimated forfeitures. Share-based awards that do not require future service are recognized in the
year in which the awards are deemed to be earned.

Deferred Compensation Plan

The Company maintains various deferred compensation arrangements for employees.

The nonqualified, unfunded deferred compensation plan allows certain highly compensated employees, at their election, to
defer a percentage of their base salary, commissions and/or cash bonuses. The amounts deferred under this plan are held in a
grantor trust, which is consolidated on our statements of financial condition.

See Note 24 to our consolidated financial statements for additional information about our stock-based and deferred

compensation plans.

Income Taxes

We file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return, which includes all of our qualifying subsidiaries. We also are subject
to income tax in various states and municipalities and those foreign jurisdictions in which we operate. Amounts provided for
income taxes are based on income reported for financial statement purposes and do not necessarily represent amounts currently
payable. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences attributable to temporary
differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and
for tax loss carry-forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable
income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax
assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred
income taxes are provided for temporary differences in reporting certain items, principally, amortization of share-based
compensation. The realization of deferred tax assets is assessed and a valuation allowance is recognized to the extent that it is
more likely than not that any portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. We believe that our future taxable profits will
be sufficient to recognize our U.S. and U.K. deferred tax assets. However, if our projections of future taxable profits do not
materialize, we may conclude that a valuation allowance is necessary, which would impact our results of operations in that
period. In the fourth quarter of 2013, we reversed the full amount of our U.K. subsidiary's deferred tax asset valuation allowance
based upon achieving three years of profitability and projected future earnings. This resulted in a $4.0 million tax benefit to our
results of operations.

In connection with the closure of our Hong Kong capital markets business in 2012, we realized a $21.1 million U.S. tax
benefit within discontinued operations due to a realized loss on the investment in our Hong Kong subsidiaries. The tax benefit
was the excess of the tax basis of our investment in the subsidiaries over the financial statement carrying amount.

We record deferred tax benefits for future tax deductions expected upon the vesting of share-based compensation. If
deductions reported on our tax return for share-based compensation (i.e., the value of the share-based compensation at the time
of vesting) exceed the cumulative cost of those instruments recognized for financial reporting (i.e., the grant date fair value of
the compensation computed in accordance with ASC 718), we record the excess tax benefit as additional paid-in capital.
Conversely, if deductions reported on our tax return for share-based compensation are less than the cumulative cost of those
instruments recognized for financial reporting, we offset the deficiency first to any previously recognized excess tax benefits
recorded as additional paid-in capital and any remaining deficiency is recorded as income tax expense. As of December 31,
2014, we had $1.1 million of excess tax benefits recorded as additional paid-in capital. In the first quarter of 2015, approximately
15,000 options expired and 464,000 shares vested resulting in $3.6 million of excess tax benefits recorded as additional paid-
in-capital in the first quarter of 2015.

We establish reserves for uncertain income tax positions in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic
740, "Income Taxes," when it is not more likely than not that a certain position or component of a position will be ultimately
upheld by the relevant taxing authorities. Significant judgment is required in evaluating uncertain tax positions. Our tax provision
and related accruals include the impact of estimates for uncertain tax positions and changes to the reserves that are considered
appropriate. To the extent the probable tax outcome of these matters changes, such change in estimate will impact the income
tax provision in the period of change and, in turn, our results of operations. In 2012, we recorded the reversal of a previously
accrued uncertain state income tax position of $7.4 million, net of federal income tax.

Liquidity, Funding and Capital Resources

Liquidity is of critical importance to us given the nature of our business. Insufficient liquidity resulting from adverse
circumstances contributes to, and may be the cause of, financial institution failure. Accordingly, we regularly monitor our liquidity
position, and maintain a liquidity strategy designed to enable our business to continue to operate even under adverse
circumstances, although there can be no assurance that our strategy will be successful under all circumstances.

The majority of our tangible assets consist of assets readily convertible into cash. Financial instruments and other inventory
positions owned are stated at fair value and are generally readily marketable in most market conditions. Receivables and payables
with brokers, dealers and clearing organizations usually settle within a few days. As part of our liquidity strategy, we emphasize
diversification of funding sources to the extent possible while considering tenor and cost. Our assets are financed by our cash
flows from operations, equity capital, and our funding arrangements. The fluctuations in cash flows from financing activities
are directly related to daily operating activities from our various businesses. One of our most important risk management
disciplines is our ability to manage the size and composition of our balance sheet. While our asset base changes due to client

activity, market fluctuations and business opportunities, the size and composition of our balance sheet reflect our overall risk
tolerance, our ability to access stable funding sources and the amount of equity capital we hold.

Certain market conditions can impact the liquidity of our inventory positions, requiring us to hold larger inventory positions

for longer than expected or requiring us to take other actions that may adversely impact our results.

A significant component of our employees’ compensation is paid in annual discretionary incentive compensation. The timing
of these incentive compensation payments, which generally are made in February, has a significant impact on our cash position
and liquidity.

We currently do not pay cash dividends on our common stock.

In the third quarter of 2012, our board of directors approved a share repurchase authorization of up to $100 million in
common shares that expired September 30, 2014, with $39.5 million remaining under this authorization. During the first nine
months of 2014, we did not repurchase any shares of our outstanding common stock under this authorization. Effective October 1,
2014, our board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to $100 million in common shares through September 30, 2016.
During the fourth quarter of 2014, we did not repurchase any shares of our outstanding common stock under this authorization.
We also purchase shares of common stock from restricted stock award recipients upon the award vesting as recipients sell shares
to meet their employment tax obligations. During 2014, we purchased 256,055 shares or $10.9 million of our common shares
for this purpose.

Cash Flows

Cash and cash equivalents decreased $107.8 million to $15.9 million at December 31, 2014 from December 31, 2013.
Operating activities used $50.1 million of cash primarily due to an increase in operating assets, particularly related to our
inventory and reverse repurchase agreements, which are principally used to make delivery on securities sold short. Partially
offsetting these increases in operating assets were cash received from earnings and increased compensation related accruals.
Investing activities in 2014 used $5.4 million of cash primarily related to the purchase of fixed assets. Cash of $52.0 million
was used in financing activities as we reduced amounts due under our short-term financing related to commercial paper and our
prime broker arrangement, offset in part by increases in repurchase agreements. Additionally, we experienced a $9.0 million
decrease in noncontrolling interests due to net fund capital withdrawals and used $10.9 million of cash to repurchase common
stock from employees selling shares to meet their tax obligations related to award vestings.

Cash and cash equivalents increased $18.3 million to $123.7 million at December 31, 2013 from December 31, 2012.
Operating activities provided cash of $42.2 million primarily due to cash received from earnings and the increase in compensation
related accruals. These increases were offset in part by cash used to fund reverse repurchase agreements as we increased hedging
of our inventories, deployment of capital into other firm investments and an increase in fees receivable. Investing activities in
2013 used $30.0 million of cash, the majority of which related to our acquisitions of Seattle-Northwest and Edgeview. Cash of
$5.8 million was provided through financing activities as increases in noncontrolling interest were offset in part by a net decrease
in repurchase agreements and short-term financing that were used to fund inventory and $71.5 million used to repurchase common
stock.

Cash and cash equivalents increased $20.3 million to $105.4 million at December 31, 2012 from December 31, 2011.
Operating activities used $211.8 million of cash due to an increase in operating assets, particularly our net financial instruments
and other inventory positions owned. Inventory increased related to the expansion of our fixed income sales and trading efforts
to support customer flow and increases related to our strategic trading portfolios. The increase was also attributable to the low
level of inventory we maintained at the end of 2011 as we managed risk due to more volatile market conditions at that time.
Partially offsetting these increases in operating assets were increases in operating liabilities, particularly related to accrued
compensation, payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations and other liabilities and accrued expenses. Investing
activities in 2012 used $2.1 million of cash for the purchase of fixed assets. Cash of $234.3 million was provided through
financing activities; primarily an increase in short-term financing, offset in part by decreases in repurchase agreements. A
significant portion of our funding needs are driven by the levels of long inventory positions. As we increased our levels of long
inventory in 2012, it led to an increase in funding needs, particularly related to short-term financing. Additionally, we entered
into a Note Purchase Agreement under which we issued unsecured variable rate senior notes in late 2012, which provided $125.0
million in financing that was used to repay our bank syndicated credit agreement which had $115.0 million outstanding as of
December 31, 2011. Offsetting these increases to financing was $47.2 million used to repurchase common stock.

Leverage

The following table presents total assets, adjusted assets, total shareholders’ equity and tangible shareholders’ equity with

the resulting leverage ratios as of:

(Dollars in thousands)
Total assets......................................................................................................................
Deduct: Goodwill and intangible assets .........................................................................
Deduct: Assets from noncontrolling interests.................................................................
Adjusted assets................................................................................................................

December 31,
2014
2,623,917
(242,536)
(308,910)
2,072,471

December 31,
2013
2,318,157
(250,564)
(317,558)
1,750,035

Total shareholders' equity ...............................................................................................
Deduct: Goodwill and intangible assets .........................................................................
Deduct: Noncontrolling interests....................................................................................
Tangible common shareholders' equity ..........................................................................

969,460
(242,536)
(149,548)
577,376

882,072
(250,564)
(147,396)
484,112

Leverage ratio (1) ...........................................................................................................

Adjusted leverage ratio (2) .............................................................................................

2.7

3.6

2.6

3.6

(1) Leverage ratio equals total assets divided by total shareholders’ equity.

(2) Adjusted leverage ratio equals adjusted assets divided by tangible common shareholders’ equity.

Adjusted assets and tangible common shareholders’ equity are non-GAAP financial measures. A non-GAAP financial
measure is a numeric measure of financial performance that includes adjustments to the most directly comparable measure
calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, or for which there is no specific GAAP measure. Goodwill and intangible
assets are subtracted from total assets and total shareholders’ equity in determining adjusted assets and tangible common
shareholders’ equity, respectively, as we believe that goodwill and intangible assets do not constitute operating assets which can
be deployed in a liquid manner. Amounts attributed to noncontrolling interests are subtracted from total assets and total
shareholders' equity in determining adjusted assets and tangible common shareholders’ equity, respectively, as they represent
assets and equity interests in consolidated entities that are not attributable, either directly or indirectly, to Piper Jaffray Companies.
We view the resulting measure of adjusted leverage, also a non-GAAP financial measure, as a more relevant measure of financial
risk when comparing financial services companies.

Funding and Capital Resources

The primary goal of our funding activities is to ensure adequate funding over a wide range of market conditions. Given the
mix of our business activities, funding requirements are fulfilled through a diversified range of short-term and long-term financing.
We attempt to ensure that the tenor of our borrowing liabilities equals or exceeds the expected holding period of the assets being
financed. Our ability to support increases in total assets is largely a function of our ability to obtain funding from external sources.
Access to these external sources, as well as the cost of that financing, is dependent upon various factors, including market
conditions, the general availability of credit and credit ratings. We currently do not have a credit rating, which could adversely
affect our liquidity and competitive position by increasing our financing costs and limiting access to sources of liquidity that
require a credit rating as a condition to providing the funds.

Short-term financing

Our day-to-day funding and liquidity is obtained primarily through the use of commercial paper issuance, repurchase
agreements, prime broker agreements, and bank lines of credit, and is typically collateralized by our securities inventory. These
funding sources are critical to our ability to finance and hold inventory, which is a necessary part of our institutional brokerage
and municipal bond funds businesses. The majority of our inventory is liquid and is therefore funded by overnight or short-term
facilities. Certain of these short-term facilities (i.e., committed line and commercial paper) have been established to mitigate
changes in the liquidity of our inventory based on changing market conditions. In the case of our committed line, it is available
to us regardless of changes in market liquidity conditions through the end of its term, although there may be limitations on the
type of securities available to pledge. Our commercial paper program helps mitigate changes in market liquidity conditions
given it is not an overnight facility, but provides funding with a term of 27 to 270 days. Our funding sources are also dependent
on the types of inventory that our counterparties are willing to accept as collateral and the number of counterparties available.
We also have established arrangements to obtain financing by another broker dealer at the end of each business day related
specifically to our convertible inventory. Funding is generally obtained at rates based upon the federal funds rate and/or the
London Interbank Offer Rate.

Commercial Paper Program – Our U.S. broker dealer subsidiary, Piper Jaffray & Co., issues secured commercial paper to
fund a portion of its securities inventory. This commercial paper is issued under three separate programs, CP Series A, CP Series
II A and CP Series III A, and is secured by different inventory classes, which is reflected in the interest rate paid on the respective
program. The programs can issue with maturities of 27 to 270 days. CP Series III A includes a covenant that requires Piper
Jaffray & Co. to maintain excess net capital of $120 million. The following table provides information about our commercial
paper programs at December 31, 2014:

(Dollars in millions)
Maximum amount that may be issued .............................................
Amount outstanding.........................................................................

Weighted average maturity, in days.................................................
Weighted average maturity at issuance, in days ..............................

CP Series A

300.0
149.5

77
138

CP Series II A
150.0
$
6.0

CP Series III A
125.0
$
82.5

26
202

27
38

Prime Broker Arrangement – We have established an arrangement to obtain overnight financing by a single prime broker
related to our alternative asset management funds in municipal securities. Financing under this arrangement is secured by certain
securities, primarily municipal securities, and collateral limitations could reduce the amount of funding available under this
arrangement. Our prime broker financing activities are recorded net of receivables from trading activity. This funding is at the
discretion of the prime broker and could be denied subject to a notice period. At December 31, 2014, we had $127.8 million of
financing outstanding under this prime broker arrangement.

Committed Lines – Our committed line is a one-year $250 million revolving secured credit facility. We use this credit facility
in the ordinary course of business to fund a portion of our daily operations, and the amount borrowed under the facility varies
daily based on our funding needs. Advances under this facility are secured by certain marketable securities. The facility includes
a covenant that requires Piper Jaffray & Co. to maintain minimum net capital of $120 million, and the unpaid principal amount
of all advances under the facility will be due on December 18, 2015. This credit facility has been in place since 2008 and we
renewed the facility for another one-year term in the fourth quarter of 2014. At December 31, 2014, we had no advances against
this line of credit.

Uncommitted Lines – We use uncommitted lines in the ordinary course of business to fund a portion of our daily operations,
and the amount borrowed under our uncommitted lines varies daily based on our funding needs. Our uncommitted secured lines
total $185 million with two banks and are dependent on having appropriate collateral, as determined by the bank agreement, to
secure an advance under the line. Collateral limitations could reduce the amount of funding available under these secured lines.
We also have an uncommitted unsecured facility with one of these banks. All of these uncommitted lines are discretionary and
are not a commitment by the bank to provide an advance under the line. More specifically, these lines are subject to approval
by the respective bank each time an advance is requested and advances may be denied, which may be particularly true during
times of market stress or market perceptions of our exposures. We manage our relationships with the banks that provide these
uncommitted facilities in order to have appropriate levels of funding for our business. At December 31, 2014, we had $12.0
million in advances against these lines of credit.

The following tables present the average balances outstanding for our various short-term funding sources by quarter for

2014 and 2013, respectively.

(Dollars in millions)
Funding source:
Repurchase agreements ....................................
Commercial paper ............................................
Prime broker arrangement ................................
Short-term bank loans ......................................
Total..................................................................

Average Balance for the Three Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Sept. 30, 2014

June 30, 2014

Mar. 31, 2014

54.2
244.0
46.4
19.9
364.5

10.5
262.5
64.8
6.4
344.2

49.8
276.2
159.9
18.9
504.8

38.3
280.5
216.1
28.9
563.8

Average Balance for the Three Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Sept. 30, 2013

June 30, 2013

Mar. 31, 2013

17.2
313.6
238.7
1.3
570.8

11.2
351.6
145.6
1.8
510.2

130.3
334.0
93.5
11.8
569.6

66.2
308.9
105.2
5.1
485.4

The average funding in the fourth quarter of 2014 increased to $364.5 million, compared with $344.2 million during the
third quarter of 2014, due to an increase in average inventory and a reduction in excess cash. The reduction in average funding
compared to the fourth quarter of 2013 was due to additional cash generated through earnings, which was used to reduce our
borrowings. Additionally, more cash was used in 2013 for share repurchases, which resulted in an increased need for funding
in the year-ago period.

The following tables present the maximum daily funding amount by quarter for 2014 and 2013, respectively.

(Dollars in millions)
Maximum amount of daily funding .................

Dec. 31, 2014
644.1
$

Sept. 30, 2014
543.0
$

June 30, 2014
766.7
$

Mar. 31, 2014
897.2
$

For the Three Months Ended

(Dollars in millions)
Maximum amount of daily funding .................

Dec. 31, 2013
735.2
$

Sept. 30, 2013
799.0
$

June 30, 2013
779.3
$

Mar. 31, 2013
677.1
$

For the Three Months Ended

Variable rate senior notes

On November 30, 2012, we entered into a note purchase agreement under which we issued unsecured variable rate senior
notes (“Notes”) in the amount of $125 million. The initial holders of the Notes are certain entities advised by Pacific Investment
Management Company LLC (“PIMCO”). The Notes consist of two classes, Class A Notes and Class B Notes, with principal
amounts of $50 million and $75 million, respectively.

On June 2, 2014, we entered into an amended and restated note purchase agreement ("Amended Note Purchase Agreement")
under which we issued $50 million of new Class A Notes upon repayment in full of the 2012 Class A Notes. The Class A Notes
bear interest at a rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 3.00 percent and mature on May 31, 2017. The Class B Notes remain
outstanding, bear interest at a rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 4.50 percent and mature on November 30, 2015. Interest
on the Notes is adjustable and payable quarterly. The unpaid principal amounts are due in full on the respective maturity dates
and may not be prepaid.

million, bankruptcy or insolvency or a change in control. If there is any event of default, the noteholders may exercise customary
remedies, including declaring the entire principal and any accrued interest on the Notes to be due and payable.

The Amended Note Purchase Agreement includes covenants that, among other things, require us to maintain a minimum
consolidated tangible net worth and minimum regulatory net capital, limit our leverage ratio and require maintenance of a
minimum ratio of operating cash flow to fixed charges. With respect to the net capital covenant, our U.S. broker dealer subsidiary
is required to maintain minimum net capital of $120 million. At December 31, 2014, we were in compliance with all covenants.

Three-year bank syndicated credit agreement

On December 29, 2010, we entered into a Credit Agreement comprised of a $100 million amortizing term loan and a $50
million revolving credit facility. The unpaid principal and interest on the Credit Agreement was paid off on November 30, 2012
from the proceeds of the Notes.

Contractual Obligations

In the normal course of business, we enter into various contractual obligations that may require future cash payments. The
following table summarizes the contractual amounts at December 31, 2014, in total and by remaining maturity. Excluded from
the table are a number of obligations recorded on the consolidated statements of financial condition that generally are short-
term in nature, including secured financing transactions, trading liabilities, short-term borrowings and other payables and accrued
liabilities. The amounts presented in the table below may not necessarily reflect our actual future cash funding requirements,
because the actual timing of the future payments made may vary from the stated contractual obligation.

(Dollars in millions)
Operating lease obligations ................................................
Purchase commitments.......................................................
Investment commitments (a) ..............................................
Loan commitments (b) .......................................................
Variable rate senior notes ...................................................
Unrecognized tax benefits ..................................................

2015

2016
- 2017

2018
- 2019

12.3
16.6
—
—
75.0
2.3

22.0
15.0
—
—
50.0
—

18.7
3.0
—
—
—
—

2020 and
thereafter
26.5
$
—
—
—
—
—

Total

79.5
34.6
37.3
—
125.0
2.3

(a) The investment commitments have no specified call dates; however, the investment period for these funds is through 2018. The timing
of capital calls is based on market conditions and investment opportunities. Investment commitments of $26.1 million relate to a
commitment to an affiliated merchant banking fund.

(b) We may commit to merchant banking financing for our clients or make commitments to underwrite debt. We are unable to estimate the

timing on the funding of these commitments and have no commitments outstanding at this time.

Purchase commitments include agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding and that
specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased, fixed, minimum or variable price provisions,
and the approximate timing of the transaction. Purchase commitments with variable pricing provisions are included in the table
based on the minimum contractual amounts. Certain purchase commitments contain termination or renewal provisions. The
table reflects the minimum contractual amounts likely to be paid under these agreements assuming the contracts are not terminated.

Capital Requirements

As a registered broker dealer and member firm of FINRA, our U.S. broker dealer subsidiary is subject to the uniform net
capital rule of the SEC and the net capital rule of FINRA. We have elected to use the alternative method permitted by the uniform
net capital rule, which requires that we maintain minimum net capital of the greater of $1.0 million or 2 percent of aggregate
debit balances arising from customer transactions, as this is defined in the rule. FINRA may prohibit a member firm from
expanding its business or paying dividends if resulting net capital would be less than 5 percent of aggregate debit balances.
Advances to affiliates, repayment of subordinated liabilities, dividend payments and other equity withdrawals are subject to
certain notification and other provisions of the uniform net capital rules. We expect that these provisions will not impact our
ability to meet current and future obligations. We also are subject to certain notification requirements related to withdrawals of
excess net capital from our broker dealer subsidiary. At December 31, 2014, our net capital under the SEC’s uniform net capital
rule was $165.3 million, and exceeded the minimum net capital required under the SEC rule by $164.3 million.

Although we operate with a level of net capital substantially greater than the minimum thresholds established by FINRA

and the SEC, a substantial reduction of our capital would curtail many of our Capital Markets revenue producing activities.

At December 31, 2014, Piper Jaffray Ltd., our broker dealer subsidiary registered in the United Kingdom, was subject to
the capital requirements of the Prudential Regulation Authority and the Financial Conduct Authority pursuant to the Financial
Services Act of 2012.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the ordinary course of business we enter into various types of off-balance sheet arrangements. The following table

summarizes our off-balance sheet arrangements for the periods presented:

(Dollars in thousands)

Customer matched-book

2015

Expiration Per Period at December 31, 2014
2020
- 2021

2018
- 2019

2017

2016

Total Contractual Amount

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

Later

derivative contracts (1) (2) .........

65,700

64,077

40,950

81,450

61,187

$ 4,546,938

4,860,302

5,310,929

Trading securities derivative

contracts (2)................................

267,500

Credit default swap index

contracts (2)................................

—

Equity derivative contracts (2) .....

18,768

Private equity investment

commitments (3) ........................

—

612

—

240,000

—

29,750

297,250

198,500

27,796

—

267,796

19,380

299,333

17,090

37,264

47,576

(1) Consists of interest rate swaps. We have minimal market risk related to these matched-book derivative contracts; however, we do have counterparty risk
with two major financial institutions, which is mitigated by collateral deposits. In addition, we have a limited number of counterparties (contractual
amount of $197.8 million at December 31, 2014) who are not required to post collateral. The uncollateralized amounts, representing the fair value of the
derivative contracts, expose us to the credit risk of these counterparties. At December 31, 2014, we had $28.3 million of credit exposure with these
counterparties, including $16.5 million of credit exposure with one counterparty.

(2) We believe the fair value of these derivative contracts is a more relevant measure of the obligations because we believe the notional or contract amount
overstates the expected payout. At December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the net fair value of these derivative contracts approximated $37.0 million
and $30.4 million, respectively.

(3) The investment commitments have no specified call dates; however, the investment period for these funds is through 2018. The timing of capital calls is

based on market conditions and investment opportunities.

Derivatives

Derivatives’ notional or contract amounts are not reflected as assets or liabilities on our consolidated statements of financial
condition. Rather, the fair value of the derivative transactions are reported on the consolidated statements of financial condition
as assets or liabilities in financial instruments and other inventory positions owned and financial instruments and other inventory
positions sold, but not yet purchased, as applicable. For a complete discussion of our activities related to derivative products,
see Note 6, "Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Owned and Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions
Sold, but Not Yet Purchased," in the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

Loan Commitments

We may commit to bridge loan financing for our clients or make commitments to underwrite corporate debt. We had no

loan commitments outstanding at December 31, 2014.

Private Equity and Other Principal Investments

A component of our private equity and principal investments, including investments made as part of our merchant banking
activities, are made through investments in various legal entities, typically partnerships or limited liability companies, established
for the purpose of investing in securities of private companies or municipal debt obligations. We commit capital or act as the
managing partner of these entities. Some of these entities are deemed to be variable interest entities. For a complete discussion
of our activities related to these types of entities, see Note 8, "Variable Interest Entities," to our consolidated financial statements.

We have committed capital to certain entities and these commitments generally have no specified call dates. We had $37.3
million of commitments outstanding at December 31, 2014, of which $26.1 million related to a commitment to an affiliated
merchant banking fund.

Risk Management

Risk is an inherent part of our business. Market risk, liquidity risk, credit risk, operational risk, and legal, regulatory and
compliance risk are the principal risks we face in operating our business. The extent to which we properly identify and effectively
manage each of these risks is critical to our financial condition and profitability. We have a formal risk management process to
identify, assess and monitor each risk in accordance with defined policies and procedures. The risk management functions are
independent of our business lines. Our management takes an active role in the risk management process, and the results are
reported to senior management and the audit committee of the Board of Directors.

With respect to market risk and credit risk, the cornerstone of our risk management process is daily communication among
traders, trading department management and senior management concerning our inventory positions, including those associated
with our strategic trading activities, and overall risk profile. Our risk management functions supplement this communication
process by providing their independent perspectives on our market and credit risk profile on a daily basis. The broader objectives
of our risk management functions are to understand the risk profile of each trading area, to consolidate risk monitoring company-
wide, to assist in implementing effective hedging strategies, to articulate large trading or position risks to senior management,
and to ensure accurate fair values of our financial instruments.

Risk management techniques, processes and strategies may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposure in all
market environments or against all types of risk, and any risk management failures could expose us to material unanticipated
losses.

Governance and Risk Management Structure

The audit committee of the Board of Directors oversees risk management policies that have been developed by management
to monitor and control our primary risk exposures. Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer meet with the audit
committee on a quarterly basis to discuss our market, credit and liquidity risks and other risk-related topics.

We use internal committees to assist in governing risk and ensure that our business activities are properly assessed, monitored
and managed. Our financial risk committee oversees risk management practices, including defining acceptable risk tolerances
and approving risk management policies. Membership is comprised of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer,
General Counsel, Treasurer, Head of Market and Credit Risk, Head of Public Finance, Head of Fixed Income Services and Head
of Equities. We also have committees which manage risks related to our asset management funds and principal investments.
Membership is comprised of various levels of senior management. Other committees that help evaluate and monitor risk include
underwriting, leadership team and operating committees. These committees help manage risk by ensuring that business activities
are properly managed and within a defined scope of activity. Our valuation committee, comprised of members of senior
management and risk management, provide oversight and overall responsibility for the internal control processes and procedures
related to fair value measurements. Additionally, our operational risk committees address and monitor risk related to information
systems and security, regulatory and legal matters, and third parties such as vendors and service providers.

Market Risk

Market risk represents the risk of financial volatility that may result from the change in value of a financial instrument due
to fluctuations in its market price. Our exposure to market risk is directly related to our role as a financial intermediary for our
clients, to our market-making activities and our strategic trading activities. Market risks are inherent to both cash and derivative
financial instruments. The scope of our market risk management policies and procedures includes all market-sensitive financial
instruments.

Our different types of market risk include:

Interest Rate Risk — Interest rate risk represents the potential volatility from changes in market interest rates. We are exposed
to interest rate risk arising from changes in the level and volatility of interest rates, changes in the shape of the yield curve,
changes in credit spreads, and the rate of prepayments on our interest-earning assets (including client margin balances,
investments, inventories, and resale agreements) and our funding sources (including client cash balances, short-term financing,
variable rate senior notes and repurchase agreements), which finance these assets. Interest rate risk is managed by selling short
U.S. government securities, agency securities, corporate debt securities and derivative contracts. See Note 6 of our accompanying
consolidated financial statements for additional information on our derivative contracts. Our interest rate hedging strategies may
not work in all market environments and as a result may not be effective in mitigating interest rate risk.

Equity Price Risk — Equity price risk represents the potential loss in value due to adverse changes in the level or volatility
of equity prices. We are exposed to equity price risk through our trading activities in the U.S. market, including our strategic
trading activities in equity securities, which we initiated in 2013. We attempt to reduce the risk of loss inherent in our market-
making and in our inventory of equity securities by establishing limits on the notional level of our inventory and by managing
net position levels within those limits.

Value-at-Risk ("VaR")

We use the statistical technique known as VaR to measure, monitor and review the market risk exposures in our trading
portfolios. VaR is the potential loss in value of our trading positions, excluding non-controlling interests, due to adverse market
movements over a defined time horizon with a specified confidence level. We perform a daily VaR analysis on substantially all
of our trading positions, including fixed income, equities, convertible bonds, asset-backed securities and all associated economic
hedges. These positions encompass both customer-related and strategic trading activities, which focus on proprietary investments
in municipal bonds, mortgage-backed securities and equity securities. A VaR model provides a common metric for assessing
market risk across business lines and products. Changes in VaR between reporting periods are generally due to changes in levels
of risk exposure, volatilities and/or correlations among asset classes and individual securities.

We use a Monte Carlo simulation methodology for VaR calculations. We believe this methodology provides VaR results
that properly reflect the risk profile of all our instruments, including those that contain optionality, and also accurately models
correlation movements among all of our asset classes. In addition, it provides improved tail results as there are no assumptions
of distribution, and can provide additional insight for scenario shock analysis.

Model-based VaR derived from simulation has inherent limitations including: reliance on historical data to predict future
market risk; VaR calculated using a one-day time horizon does not fully capture the market risk of positions that cannot be
liquidated or offset with hedges within one day; and published VaR results reflect past trading positions while future risk depends
on future positions.

The modeling of the market risk characteristics of our trading positions involves a number of assumptions and
approximations. While we believe that these assumptions and approximations are reasonable, different assumptions and
approximations could produce materially different VaR estimates. When comparing our VaR numbers to those of other firms,
it is important to remember that different methodologies, assumptions and approximations could produce significantly different
results.

The following table quantifies the model-based VaR simulated for each component of market risk for the periods presented,
which are computed using the past 250 days of historical data. When calculating VaR we use a 95 percent confidence level and
a one-day time horizon. This means that, over time, there is a one in 20 chance that daily trading net revenues will fall below
the expected daily trading net revenues by an amount at least as large as the reported VaR. Shortfalls on a single day can exceed
reported VaR by significant amounts. Shortfalls can also accumulate over a longer time horizon, such as a number of consecutive
trading days. Therefore, there can be no assurance that actual losses occurring on any given day arising from changes in market
conditions will not exceed the VaR amounts shown below or that such losses will not occur more than once in a 20-day trading
period.

(Dollars in thousands)
Interest Rate Risk............................................................................................................
Equity Price Risk ............................................................................................................
Diversification Effect (1)................................................................................................
Total Value-at-Risk.........................................................................................................

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

740
235
(129)
846

1,793
788
(765)
1,816

(1) Equals the difference between total VaR and the sum of the VaRs for the two risk categories. This effect arises because the two market risk categories are

not perfectly correlated.

We view average VaR over a period of time as more representative of trends in the business than VaR at any single point
in time. The table below illustrates the daily high, low and average value-at-risk calculated for each component of market risk
during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

(Dollars in thousands)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2014
Interest Rate Risk ............................................................................
Equity Price Risk.............................................................................
Diversification Effect (1).................................................................
Total Value-at-Risk..........................................................................

(Dollars in thousands)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2013
Interest Rate Risk ............................................................................
Equity Price Risk.............................................................................
Diversification Effect (1).................................................................
Total Value-at-Risk..........................................................................

High

Low

Average

1,344
920

1,332

High

2,840
2,434

2,792

Low

291
17

302

578
64

865

797
265
(232)
830

Average

1,756
1,056
(944)
1,868

(1) Equals the difference between total VaR and the sum of the VaRs for the two risk categories. This effect arises because the two market risk categories are
not perfectly correlated. Because high and low VaR numbers for these risk categories may have occurred on different days, high and low numbers for
diversification benefit would not be meaningful.

Trading losses exceeded our one-day VaR on eight occasions during 2014.

The aggregate VaR as of December 31, 2014 was lower than the reported VaR on December 31, 2013. The decrease in VaR

is due to lower volatility during the measurement period and increased hedging of our fixed income inventories.

In addition to VaR, we also employ additional measures to monitor and manage market risk exposure including net market
position, duration exposure, option sensitivities, and inventory turnover. All metrics are aggregated by asset concentration and
are used for monitoring limits and exception approvals. In times of market volatility, we also perform ad hoc stress tests and
scenario analysis as market conditions dictate. Unlike our VaR, which measures potential losses within a given confidence level,
stress scenarios do not have an associated implied probability. Rather, stress testing is used to estimate the potential loss from
market moves outside our VaR confidence levels.

Liquidity Risk

We are exposed to liquidity risk in our day-to-day funding activities, by holding potentially illiquid inventory positions and

in our role as a remarketing agent for variable rate demand notes.

See the section entitled "Liquidity, Funding and Capital Resources" in Part II, Item 7, "Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," in this Form 10-K for information regarding our liquidity and how
we manage liquidity risk.

Our inventory positions, including those associated with strategic trading activities, subject us to potential financial losses
from the reduction in value of illiquid positions. Market risk can be exacerbated in times of trading illiquidity when market
participants refrain from transacting in normal quantities and/or at normal bid-offer spreads. Depending on the specific security,
the structure of the financial product, and/or overall market conditions, we may be forced to hold a security for substantially
longer than we had planned.

Credit Risk

Credit risk refers to the potential for loss due to the default or deterioration in credit quality of a counterparty, customer,
borrower or issuer of securities we hold in our trading inventory. The nature and amount of credit risk depends on the type of
transaction, the structure and duration of that transaction and the parties involved.

Credit spread risk arises from the possibility that changes in credit spreads will affect the value of financial instruments.
Credit spreads represent the credit risk premiums required by market participants for a given credit quality (e.g., the additional
yield that a debt instrument issued by a AA-rated entity must produce over a risk-free alternative). Changes in credit spreads
result from potential changes in an issuer’s credit rating or the market’s perception of the issuer’s credit worthiness. We are

exposed to credit spread risk with the debt instruments held in our trading inventory, including those held for strategic trading
activites. We enter into transactions to hedge our exposure to credit spread risk through the use of derivatives and certain other
financial instruments. These hedging strategies may not work in all market environments and as a result may not be effective
in mitigating credit spread risk.

We are exposed to credit risk in our role as a trading counterparty to dealers and customers, as a holder of securities and as
a member of exchanges and clearing organizations. The risk of default depends on the creditworthiness of the counterparty and/
or issuer of the security. We mitigate this risk by establishing and monitoring individual and aggregate position limits for each
counterparty relative to potential levels of activity, holding and marking to market collateral on certain transactions and conducting
business through clearing organizations, which guarantee performance. Our risk management functions also evaluate the potential
risk associated with institutional counterparties with whom we hold repurchase and resale agreement facilities, stock borrow or
loan facilities, derivatives, TBAs and other documented institutional counterparty agreements that may give rise to credit
exposure.

Our client activities involve the execution, settlement and financing of various transactions. Client activities are transacted
on a delivery versus payment, cash or margin basis. Our credit exposure to institutional client business is mitigated by the use
of industry-standard delivery versus payment through depositories and clearing banks. Credit exposure associated with our
customer margin accounts in the U.S. is monitored daily. Our risk management functions have credit risk policies establishing
appropriate credit limits and collateralization thresholds for our customers utilizing margin lending.

We are subject to concentration risk if we hold large individual securities positions, execute large transactions with individual
counterparties or groups of related counterparties, extend large loans to individual borrowers or make substantial underwriting
commitments. Concentration risk can occur by industry, geographic area or type of client. Securities purchased under agreements
to resell consist primarily of securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies. The counterparties to these agreements
typically are primary dealers of U.S. government securities and major financial institutions. Inventory and investment positions
taken and commitments made, including underwritings, may result in exposure to individual issuers and businesses. Potential
concentration risk is carefully monitored through review of counterparties and borrowers and is managed through the use of
policies and limits established by senior management.

We have concentrated counterparty credit exposure with six non-publicly rated entities totaling $28.3 million at December 31,
2014. This counterparty credit exposure is part of our matched-book derivative program related to our public finance business,
consisting primarily of interest rate swaps. One derivative counterparty represents 58.3 percent, or $16.5 million, of this exposure.
Credit exposure associated with our derivative counterparties is driven by uncollateralized market movements in the fair value
of the interest rate swap contracts and is monitored regularly by our financial risk committee. We attempt to minimize the credit
(or repayment) risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high-quality counterparties that are reviewed
periodically by senior management.

Operational Risk

Operational risk is the risk of loss, or damage to our reputation, resulting from inadequate or failed processes, people and
systems or from external events. We rely on the ability of our employees and our systems, both internal and at computer centers
operated by third parties, to process a large number of transactions. Our systems may fail to operate properly or become disabled
as a result of events that are wholly or partially beyond our control. In the event of a breakdown or improper operation of our
systems or improper action by our employees or third-party vendors, we could suffer financial loss, a disruption of our businesses,
regulatory sanctions and damage to our reputation. We also face the risk of operational failure or termination of any of the
exchanges, clearing houses or other financial intermediaries we use to facilitate our securities transactions. Any such failure or
termination could adversely affect our ability to effect transactions and manage our exposure to risk.

Our operations rely on secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information in our internal and
outsourced computer systems and networks. Our computer systems, software and networks may be vulnerable to unauthorized
access, computer viruses or other malicious code, and other events that could have an information security impact. The occurrence
of one or more of these events could jeopardize our or our clients' or counterparties' confidential and other information processed
and stored in, and transmitted through, our computer systems and networks, or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions
in our, our clients', our counterparties' or third parties' operations. We take protective measures and endeavor to modify them as
circumstances warrant.

In order to mitigate and control operational risk, we have developed and continue to enhance policies and procedures that
are designed to identify and manage operational risk at appropriate levels throughout the organization. We also have business
continuity plans in place that we believe will cover critical processes on a company-wide basis, and redundancies are built into

our systems as we have deemed appropriate. These control mechanisms attempt to ensure that operations policies and procedures
are being followed and that our various businesses are operating within established corporate policies and limits.

Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk

Legal, regulatory and compliance risk includes the risk of non-compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements
and loss to our reputation we may suffer as a result of failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory
organization standards and codes of conduct applicable to our business activities. We are generally subject to extensive regulation
in the various jurisdictions in which we conduct our business. We have established procedures that are designed to ensure
compliance with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements, such as regulatory net capital requirements, sales and trading
practices, potential conflicts of interest, use and safekeeping of customer funds and securities, anti-money laundering, privacy
and recordkeeping. We have also established procedures that are designed to require that our policies relating to ethics and
business conduct are followed. The legal and regulatory focus on the financial services industry presents a continuing business
challenge for us.

Effects of Inflation

Because our assets are liquid in nature, they are not significantly affected by inflation. However, the rate of inflation affects
our expenses, such as employee compensation, office space leasing costs and communications charges, which may not be readily
recoverable in the price of services we offer to our clients. To the extent inflation results in rising interest rates and has other
adverse effects upon the securities markets, it may adversely affect our financial position and results of operations.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

The information under the caption "Risk Management" in Part II, Item 7 entitled, "Management’s Discussion and Analysis

of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

INDEX TO AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting ..........................................................................
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm .........................................................................................
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm .........................................................................................
Consolidated Financial Statements:

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition .......................................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Operations......................................................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income .................................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity ...................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.....................................................................................................................
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
Note 5
Note 6

Organization and Basis of Presentation.................................................................................................
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies........................................................................................
Recent Accounting Pronouncements.....................................................................................................
Acquisitions...........................................................................................................................................
Discontinued Operations .......................................................................................................................
Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Owned and Financial Instruments and Other

Inventory Positions Sold, but Not Yet Purchased ..............................................................................
Fair Value of Financial Instruments.......................................................................................................
Variable Interest Entities........................................................................................................................
Receivables from and Payables to Brokers, Dealers and Clearing Organizations ................................
Receivables from and Payables to Customers.......................................................................................
Collateralized Securities Transactions...................................................................................................
Investments............................................................................................................................................
Other Assets...........................................................................................................................................
Goodwill and Intangible Assets.............................................................................................................
Fixed Assets...........................................................................................................................................
Short-Term Financing............................................................................................................................
Variable Rate Senior Notes....................................................................................................................
Bank Syndicated Financing...................................................................................................................
Contingencies, Commitments and Guarantees......................................................................................
Restructuring .........................................................................................................................................
Shareholders’ Equity..............................................................................................................................
Noncontrolling Interests ........................................................................................................................
Employee Benefit Plans ........................................................................................................................
Compensation Plans ..............................................................................................................................
Earnings Per Share ................................................................................................................................
Segment Reporting ................................................................................................................................
Net Capital Requirements and Other Regulatory Matters.....................................................................
Income Taxes .........................................................................................................................................
Piper Jaffray Companies (Parent Company only) .................................................................................
Supplementary Data ......................................................................................................................................................

Note 7
Note 8
Note 9
Note 10
Note 11
Note 12
Note 13
Note 14
Note 15
Note 16
Note 17
Note 18
Note 19
Note 20
Note 21
Note 22
Note 23
Note 24
Note 25
Note 26
Note 27
Note 28
Note 29

54
55
56

57
58
59
60
62

63
64
69
70
72

73
75
83
83
84
85
86
86
87
88
88
89
90
90
92
92
93
93
94
99
100
102
103
106
108

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over our financial reporting. Our
internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. All
internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to
be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014. In
making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013 framework). Based on its assessment and those criteria,
management has concluded that we maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014.

Ernst & Young LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements
of Piper Jaffray Companies included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on internal control
over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014. Their report, which expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of
Piper Jaffray Companies’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, is included herein.

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Piper Jaffray Companies

We have audited Piper Jaffray Companies’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,
2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). Piper Jaffray Companies’ management is
responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial
Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our
audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective
internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding
of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design
and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures
that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company;
and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition
of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Piper Jaffray Companies maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting

as of December 31, 2014, based on the COSO criteria.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States),
the 2014 consolidated financial statements of Piper Jaffray Companies and our report dated February 26, 2015, expressed an
unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota
February 26, 2015

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Piper Jaffray Companies

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Piper Jaffray Companies (the
Company) as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income,
changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial
position of Piper Jaffray Companies at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States), Piper Jaffray Companies’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established
in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(2013 framework) and our report dated February 26, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota
February 26, 2015

Piper Jaffray Companies

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

(Amounts in thousands, except share data)
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents..................................................................................................................
Cash and cash equivalents segregated for regulatory purposes .........................................................
Receivables:

Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned ..............................................................
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned and pledged as collateral .....................
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned...................................................

Fixed assets (net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $47,327 and $62,311,
respectively) .....................................................................................................................................
Goodwill.............................................................................................................................................
Intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of $41,141 and $31,869, respectively)..............
Investments.........................................................................................................................................
Other assets.........................................................................................................................................
Total assets.......................................................................................................................................

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Short-term financing...........................................................................................................................
Variable rate senior notes ...................................................................................................................
Payables:

Customers ........................................................................................................................................
Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations ....................................................................................
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase.................................................................................
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased..............................
Accrued compensation .......................................................................................................................
Other liabilities and accrued expenses ...............................................................................................
Total liabilities .................................................................................................................................

Shareholders’ equity:

Common stock, $0.01 par value:

Shares authorized: 100,000,000 at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013;
Shares issued: 19,523,371 at December 31, 2014 and 19,537,127 at December 31, 2013;
Shares outstanding: 15,265,420 at December 31, 2014 and 14,383,418 at December 31, 2013..
Additional paid-in capital ................................................................................................................
Retained earnings.............................................................................................................................
Less common stock held in treasury, at cost: 4,257,951 shares at December 31, 2014 and
5,153,709 shares at December 31, 2013 ........................................................................................
Accumulated other comprehensive income.....................................................................................
Total common shareholders’ equity..............................................................................................

Noncontrolling interests................................................................................................................
Total shareholders’ equity.............................................................................................................

15,867
25,011

9,658
161,009
308,165

507,794
1,108,567
1,616,361

18,171
211,878
30,658
126,840
100,299
2,623,917

377,767
125,000

13,328
25,564
102,646
738,124
228,877
43,151
1,654,457

195
735,415
227,065

(143,140)
377
819,912

149,548
969,460

123,683
43,012

11,633
127,113
167,875

406,513
957,515
1,364,028

16,114
210,634
39,930
112,043
102,092
2,318,157

514,711
125,000

33,109
27,722
4,397
512,833
159,928
58,385
1,436,085

195
740,321
163,893

(170,629)
896
734,676

147,396
882,072

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity.......................................................................................

2,623,917

2,318,157

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Piper Jaffray Companies

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Year Ended December 31,
2013

2012

2014

(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)

Revenues:

Investment banking..............................................................................................
Institutional brokerage .........................................................................................
Asset management ...............................................................................................
Interest .................................................................................................................
Investment income...............................................................................................

Total revenues ...................................................................................................

Interest expense ...................................................................................................

Net revenues......................................................................................................

Non-interest expenses:

Compensation and benefits..................................................................................
Occupancy and equipment...................................................................................
Communications ..................................................................................................
Floor brokerage and clearance.............................................................................
Marketing and business development..................................................................
Outside services ...................................................................................................
Restructuring and integration costs .....................................................................
Intangible asset amortization expense .................................................................
Other operating expenses.....................................................................................

Total non-interest expenses...............................................................................

Income from continuing operations before income tax expense......................

Income tax expense..............................................................................................

Income from continuing operations....................................................................

Discontinued operations:

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax.....................................................

Net income.............................................................................................................

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests ..............................................

Net income applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies ..........................................

Net income applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies’ common shareholders ..

Amounts applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies

Net income from continuing operations ..............................................................
Net loss from discontinued operations ................................................................
Net income applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies ..........................................

Earnings/(loss) per basic common share

Income from continuing operations.....................................................................
Loss from discontinued operations......................................................................
Earnings per basic common share.....................................................................

Earnings/(loss) per diluted common share

Income from continuing operations.....................................................................
Loss from discontinued operations......................................................................
Earnings per diluted common share..................................................................

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding

369,811
156,809
85,062
48,716
12,813

673,211

25,073

648,138

394,510
28,231
22,732
7,621
27,260
37,055
—
9,272
11,146

537,827

110,311

35,986

74,325

—

74,325

11,153

63,172

58,141

63,172
—
63,172

3.88
—
3.88

3.87
—
3.87

248,563
146,648
83,045
50,409
21,566

550,231

25,036

525,195

322,464
25,493
21,431
8,270
21,603
32,982
4,689
7,993
4,657

449,582

75,613

20,390

55,223

(4,739)

50,484

5,394

45,090

40,596

49,829
(4,739)
45,090

2.98
(0.28)
2.70

232,958
166,642
65,699
37,845
4,903

508,047

19,095

488,952

296,882
26,454
20,543
8,054
19,908
27,998
3,642
6,944
9,516

419,941

69,011

19,470

49,541

(5,807)

43,734

2,466

41,268

35,335

47,075
(5,807)
41,268

2.58
(0.32)
2.26

15,615
15,616

Basic ....................................................................................................................
Diluted .................................................................................................................

14,971
15,025

15,046
15,061

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Piper Jaffray Companies

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(Amounts in thousands)
Net income .............................................................................................

Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax:

Adjustment to unrecognized pension cost............................................
Foreign currency translation adjustment ..............................................

Total other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax.........................

Comprehensive income ........................................................................

Comprehensive income applicable to noncontrolling interests............

Year Ended December 31,
2013

2012

2014

74,325

50,484

43,734

—
(519)

(519)

73,806

11,153

(38)
267

229

50,713

5,394

—
62

43,796

2,466

Comprehensive income applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies......

62,653

45,319

41,330

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Piper Jaffray Companies

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity

(Amounts in thousands,
except share amounts)

Common
Shares
Outstanding

Common
Stock

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

Retained
Earnings

Treasury
Stock

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income/(Loss)

Total
Common
Shareholders'
Equity

Noncontrolling
Interests

Total
Shareholders'
Equity

Balance at

December 31, 2011 ............

Net income ............................

Amortization/issuance of

restricted stock ....................

Repurchase of common
stock through share
repurchase program ............

Issuance of treasury shares

for restricted stock
vestings ...............................

Repurchase of common
stock for employee tax
withholding .........................

Issuance of treasury shares

for 401k match ....................

Shares reserved to meet
deferred compensation
obligations...........................

Other comprehensive

income.................................

Fund capital

contributions, net ................

Balance at

December 31, 2012 ............

Net income ............................

Amortization/issuance of

restricted stock ....................

Repurchase of common
stock through share
repurchase program ............

Issuance of treasury shares

for restricted stock
vestings ...............................

Repurchase of common
stock for employee tax
withholding .........................

Issuance of treasury shares

for 401k match ....................

Shares reserved to meet
deferred compensation
obligations...........................

Other comprehensive

income.................................

Fund capital

contributions, net ................

Balance at

December 31, 2013 ............

15,750,188

195

$ 791,166

$ 77,535

$ (151,110)

605

718,391

32,209

750,600

—

(1,645,458)

1,323,427

(385,449)

165,241

5,847

—

41,268

16,681

—

(38,068)

(50,776)

—

(2,745)

240

—

50,776

(9,096)

6,559

—

41,268

16,681

(38,068)

—

(9,096)

3,814

240

—

2,466

43,734

—

16,681

(38,068)

—

(9,096)

3,814

240

22,208

15,213,796

195

$ 754,566

$ 118,803

$ (140,939)

667

733,292

56,883

790,175

—

(1,719,662)

1,173,180

(386,713)

96,049

6,768

—

45,090

23,528

—

(55,929)

(38,636)

—

803

—

38,636

(15,533)

3,136

—

229

—

45,090

23,528

(55,929)

—

(15,533)

3,939

229

—

5,394

50,484

—

23,528

(55,929)

—

(15,533)

3,939

229

85,119

14,383,418

195

$ 740,321

$ 163,893

$ (170,629)

896

734,676

147,396

882,072

Continued on next page

Piper Jaffray Companies

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity – Continued

(Amounts in thousands,
except share amounts)

Common
Shares
Outstanding

Common
Stock

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

Retained
Earnings

Treasury
Stock

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income/(Loss)

Total
Common
Shareholders'
Equity

Noncontrolling
Interests

Total
Shareholders'
Equity

Net income ............................

Amortization/issuance of

restricted stock ....................

Issuance of treasury shares

for options exercised...........

Issuance of treasury shares

for restricted stock
vestings ...............................

Repurchase of common
stock for employee tax
withholding .........................

Issuance of treasury shares

for 401k match ....................

Shares reserved to meet
deferred compensation
obligations...........................

Other comprehensive loss .....

Fund capital

withdrawals, net ..................

Balance at

December 31, 2014 ............

— $

— $ 63,172

— $

63,172

11,153

74,325

—

137,864

892,385

(256,055)

103,598

4,210

—

23,649

834

(30,295)

—

726

180

—

4,618

30,295

(10,854)

3,430

—

(519)

—

23,649

5,452

—

(10,854)

4,156

180

(519)

—

23,649

5,452

—

(10,854)

4,156

180

(519)

(9,001)

15,265,420

195

$ 735,415

$ 227,065

$ (143,140)

377

819,912

149,548

969,460

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Piper Jaffray Companies

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Dollars in thousands)

Operating Activities:

Net income...................................................................................................................................................................
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets .........................................................................................................
Deferred income taxes..............................................................................................................................................
Loss on sale of FAMCO...........................................................................................................................................
Loss on disposal of fixed assets ...............................................................................................................................
Share-based and deferred compensation ..................................................................................................................
Goodwill impairment ...............................................................................................................................................
Amortization of intangible assets.............................................................................................................................
Amortization of forgivable loans .............................................................................................................................

Decrease/(increase) in operating assets:

Cash and cash equivalents segregated for regulatory purposes ...............................................................................
Receivables:

Customers .............................................................................................................................................................
Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations .........................................................................................................
Securities purchased under agreements to resell......................................................................................................
Net financial instruments and other inventory positions owned ..............................................................................
Investments ..............................................................................................................................................................
Other assets ..............................................................................................................................................................

Increase/(decrease) in operating liabilities:

Payables:

Customers .............................................................................................................................................................
Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations .........................................................................................................
Accrued compensation .............................................................................................................................................
Other liabilities and accrued expenses .....................................................................................................................
Decrease in assets held for sale ...................................................................................................................................
Decrease in liabilities held for sale..............................................................................................................................

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities .................................................................................................

Investing Activities:

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired.................................................................................................................
Repayment of FAMCO note........................................................................................................................................
Purchases of fixed assets, net ......................................................................................................................................

Net cash used in investing activities ........................................................................................................................

Financing Activities:

Increase/(decrease) in short-term financing ................................................................................................................
Issuance of variable rate senior notes ..........................................................................................................................
Repayment of variable rate senior notes......................................................................................................................
Decrease in bank syndicated financing .......................................................................................................................
Increase/(decrease) in securities sold under agreements to repurchase.......................................................................
Increase/(decrease) in noncontrolling interests ...........................................................................................................
Repurchase of common stock......................................................................................................................................
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation ....................................................................................................
Proceeds from stock option exercises..........................................................................................................................

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities .................................................................................................

Currency adjustment:

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash .....................................................................................................................

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents.....................................................................................................

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year .............................................................................................................

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year........................................................................................................................

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information –

Cash paid/(received) during the year for:

Interest......................................................................................................................................................................
Income taxes.............................................................................................................................................................

Non-cash financing activities –

Issuance of common stock for retirement plan obligations:
103,598 shares, 96,049 shares and 165,241 shares for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012,

respectively.............................................................................................................................................................

Issuance of restricted common stock for annual equity award:
402,074 shares, 431,582 shares and 487,181 shares for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012,

respectively.............................................................................................................................................................

Year Ended December 31,
2013

2012

2014

74,325

50,484

43,734

5,269
(10,843)
—
—
28,764
—
9,272
5,316

18,001

1,975
(33,896)
(140,290)
(27,042)
(14,797)
3,785

(19,781)
(2,158)
67,247
(15,216)
—
—

(50,069)

—
2,000
(7,387)

(5,387)

(136,944)
50,000
(50,000)
—
98,249
(9,001)
(10,854)
1,081
5,452

(52,017)

(343)

(107,816)

123,683

15,867

25,345
58,599

4,156

16,131

$
$

5,714
(2,630)
1,876
—
21,598
—
7,993
6,300

(12,005)

2,162
21,004
(22,442)
4,685
(26,271)
(3,867)

(8,898)
(33,559)
32,233
(2,354)
605
(465)

42,163

(24,726)
250
(5,476)

(29,952)

37,697
—
—
—
(45,603)
85,119
(71,462)
47
—

5,798

303

18,312

105,371

123,683

23,487
745

3,939

17,699

$
$

7,005
11,458
—
1,624
20,641
5,508
7,669
8,057

(5,999)

10,395
(23,452)
14,713
(360,317)
(17,444)
(15,362)

12,592
24,720
23,424
18,945
435
(128)

(211,782)

—
—
(2,131)

(2,131)

308,313
125,000
—
(115,000)
(59,080)
22,208
(47,164)
—
—

234,277

(17)

20,347

85,024

105,371

19,357
(4,961)

3,814

11,244

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 Organization and Basis of Presentation

Organization

Piper Jaffray Companies is the parent company of Piper Jaffray & Co. (“Piper Jaffray”), a securities broker dealer and
investment banking firm; Piper Jaffray Ltd., a firm providing securities brokerage and mergers and acquisitions services in
Europe headquartered in London, England; Advisory Research, Inc. (“ARI”), which provides asset management services to
separately managed accounts, closed-end and open-end funds and partnerships; Piper Jaffray Investment Group Inc., which
consists of entities providing alternative asset management services; Piper Jaffray Financial Products Inc., Piper Jaffray Financial
Products II Inc. and Piper Jaffray Financial Products III Inc., entities that facilitate derivative transactions; and other immaterial
subsidiaries. Piper Jaffray Companies and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) operate in two reporting segments:
Capital Markets and Asset Management. A summary of the activities of each of the Company’s business segments is as follows:

Capital Markets

The Capital Markets segment provides institutional sales, trading and research services and investment banking services.
Institutional sales, trading and research services focus on the trading of equity and fixed income products with institutions,
government and non-profit entities. Revenues are generated through commissions and sales credits earned on equity and fixed
income institutional sales activities, net interest revenues on trading securities held in inventory, and profits and losses from
trading these securities. Investment banking services include management of and participation in underwritings, merger and
acquisition services and public finance activities. Revenues are generated through the receipt of advisory and financing fees.
Also, the Company generates revenue through strategic trading and investing activities, which focus on proprietary investments
in a variety of securities, including municipal bonds, mortgage-backed securities, and equity securities, and merchant banking
activities involving equity or debt investments in late stage private companies. As certain of these efforts have matured and an
investment process has been developed, the Company has created alternative asset management funds in merchant banking and
municipal securities in order to invest firm capital as well as to seek capital from outside investors. The Company receives
management and performance fees for managing these funds.

As discussed in Note 5, the Company discontinued its Hong Kong capital markets business in 2012.

Asset Management

The Asset Management segment provides traditional asset management services with product offerings in equity securities
and master limited partnerships to institutions and individuals. Revenues are generated in the form of management and
performance fees. Revenues are also generated through investments in the partnerships and funds that the Company manages.

As discussed in Note 5, Fiduciary Asset Management, LLC (“FAMCO”) was sold in 2013.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) and include the accounts of Piper Jaffray Companies, its wholly owned subsidiaries, and
all other entities in which the Company has a controlling financial interest. Noncontrolling interests represent equity interests
in consolidated entities that are not attributable, either directly or indirectly, to Piper Jaffray Companies. Noncontrolling interests
include the minority equity holders’ proportionate share of the equity in a municipal bond fund, merchant banking fund and
private equity investment vehicles. All material intercompany balances have been eliminated.

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to
make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements
and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Although these estimates and assumptions are
based on the best information available, actual results could differ from those estimates.

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

Reclassifications

In 2013, the Company reclassified interest revenue and expense associated with its derivative contracts to investment banking
or institutional brokerage revenues within the consolidated statements of operations to more accurately reflect the nature and
intent of the derivative instrument. The Company reclassified $11.0 million of interest revenue and $10.2 million of interest
expense for the year ended December 31, 2012. This change had no effect on net revenues, net income, shareholders’ equity or
cash flows for any of the periods presented.

Note 2 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The Company determines whether it has a controlling financial interest in an entity by first evaluating whether the entity

is a voting interest entity or a variable interest entity (“VIE”).

Voting interest entities are entities in which (i) the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable each entity to finance
itself independently and (ii) the equity holders have the obligation to absorb losses, the right to receive residual returns and the
right or power to make decisions about or direct the entity’s activities that most significantly impact the entity’s economic
performance. Financial Accounting Standards Board
(“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification Topic 810,
“Consolidations,” (“ASC 810”) states that the usual condition for a controlling financial interest in a voting interest entity is
ownership of a majority voting interest. Accordingly, the Company consolidates voting interest entities in which it has all, or a
majority of, the voting interests.

VIEs are entities that lack one or more of the characteristics of a voting interest entity. With the exception of entities eligible
for the deferral codified in FASB Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2010-10, “Consolidation: Amendments for Certain
Investment Funds,” (“ASU 2010-10”) (generally asset managers and investment companies), ASC 810 states that a controlling
financial interest in a VIE is present when an enterprise has one or more variable interests that have both (i) the power to direct
the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses
of the entity or the rights to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. Accordingly, the
Company consolidates VIEs in which the Company has a controlling financial interest.

Entities meeting the deferral provision defined by ASU 2010-10 are evaluated under the historical VIE guidance. Under
the historical guidance, a controlling financial interest in an entity is present when an enterprise has one or more variable interests
that will absorb a majority of the entity’s expected losses, receive a majority of the entity’s expected residual returns, or both.
The enterprise with a controlling financial interest is the primary beneficiary and consolidates the VIE. Accordingly, the Company
consolidates VIEs subject to the deferral provisions defined by ASU 2010-10 in which the Company is deemed to be the primary
beneficiary.

When the Company does not have a controlling financial interest in an entity but exerts significant influence over the entity’s
operating and financial policies (generally defined as owning a voting or economic interest of between 20 percent to 50 percent),
the Company's investment is accounted for under the equity method of accounting. The Company accounts for its investments
in partnerships under the equity method of accounting. If the Company does not have a controlling financial interest in, or exert
significant influence over, an entity, the Company accounts for its investment at fair value, if the fair value option was elected,
or at cost.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and highly liquid investments with maturities of 90 days or less at the date of

origination.

In accordance with Rule 15c3-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Piper Jaffray, as a registered broker dealer carrying
customer accounts, is subject to requirements related to maintaining cash or qualified securities in a segregated reserve account
for the exclusive benefit of its customers.

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

Customer Transactions

Customer securities transactions are recorded on a settlement date basis, while the related revenues and expenses are recorded
on a trade-date basis. Customer receivables and payables include amounts related to both cash and margin transactions. Securities
owned by customers, including those that collateralize margin or other similar transactions, are not reflected on the consolidated
statements of financial condition.

Receivables from and Payables to Brokers, Dealers and Clearing Organizations

Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations include receivables arising from unsettled securities
transactions, deposits paid for securities borrowed, receivables from clearing organizations, deposits with clearing organizations
and amounts receivable for securities not delivered to the purchaser by the settlement date (“securities failed to deliver”). Payables
to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations include payables arising from unsettled securities transactions, payables to clearing
organizations and amounts payable for securities not received from a seller by the settlement date (“securities failed to receive”).
Unsettled securities transactions related to the Company's broker dealer operations are recorded at contract value on a net basis.
Unsettled securities transactions related to the Company's consolidated investment company operations are recorded on a gross
basis.

Collateralized Securities Transactions

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are carried at the
contractual amounts at which the securities will be subsequently resold or repurchased, including accrued interest. It is the
Company’s policy to take possession or control of securities purchased under agreements to resell at the time these agreements
are entered into. The counterparties to these agreements typically are primary dealers of U.S. government securities and major
financial institutions. Collateral is valued daily, and additional collateral is obtained from or refunded to counterparties when
appropriate.

Securities borrowed and loaned result from transactions with other broker dealers or financial institutions and are recorded
at the amount of cash collateral advanced or received. These amounts are included in receivables from and payables to brokers,
dealers and clearing organizations on the consolidated statements of financial condition. Securities borrowed transactions require
the Company to deposit cash or other collateral with the lender. Securities loaned transactions require the borrower to deposit
cash with the Company. The Company monitors the market value of securities borrowed and loaned on a daily basis, with
additional collateral obtained or refunded as necessary.

Interest is accrued on securities borrowed and loaned transactions and is included in (i) other assets or other liabilities and
accrued expenses on the consolidated statements of financial condition and (ii) the respective interest income or interest expense
amounts on the consolidated statements of operations.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned and financial instruments and other inventory positions sold,
but not yet purchased on the consolidated statements of financial condition consist of financial instruments (including securities
with extended settlements and derivative contracts) recorded at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses related to these financial
instruments are reflected on the consolidated statements of operations. Securities (both long and short), including securities with
extended settlements, are recognized on a trade-date basis. Additionally, certain of the Company’s investments on the consolidated
statements of financial condition are recorded at fair value, either as required by accounting guidance or through the fair value
election.

Fair Value Measurement – Definition and Hierarchy – FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, “Fair Value
Measurement,” (“ASC 820”) defines fair value as the amount at which an instrument could be exchanged in an orderly transaction
between market participants at the measurement date (the exit price). ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy based on the
inputs used to measure fair value. The fair value hierarchy maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of
unobservable inputs by requiring that the observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market
participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on market data obtained from independent sources. Unobservable
inputs reflect management’s assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

the best information available in the circumstances. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the observability
of inputs as follows:

Level I – Quoted prices (unadjusted) are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the report date.
A quoted price for an identical asset or liability in an active market provides the most reliable fair value measurement
because it is directly observable to the market.

Level II – Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets, which are either directly or indirectly observable
as of the report date. The nature of these financial instruments include instruments for which quoted prices are available
but traded less frequently, instruments whose fair value have been derived using a model where inputs to the model are
directly observable in the market, or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data, and
instruments that are fair valued using other financial instruments, the parameters of which can be directly observed.

Level III – Instruments that have little to no pricing observability as of the report date. These financial instruments are
measured using management’s best estimate of fair value, where the inputs into the determination of fair value require
significant management judgment or estimation.

Valuation of Financial Instruments – Based on the nature of the Company’s business and its role as a “dealer” in the securities
industry or its role as a manager of alternative asset management funds, the fair values of its financial instruments are determined
internally. When available, the Company values financial instruments at observable market prices, observable market parameters,
or broker or dealer prices (bid and ask prices). In the case of financial instruments transacted on recognized exchanges, the
observable market prices represent quotations for completed transactions from the exchange on which the financial instrument
is principally traded.

A substantial percentage of the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments and other inventory positions owned and
financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased, are based on observable market prices, observable
market parameters, or derived from broker or dealer prices. The availability of observable market prices and pricing parameters
can vary from product to product. Where available, observable market prices and pricing or market parameters in a product may
be used to derive a price without requiring significant judgment. In certain markets, observable market prices or market parameters
are not available for all products, and fair value is determined using techniques appropriate for each particular product. These
techniques involve some degree of judgment. Results from valuation models and other techniques in one period may not be
indicative of future period fair value measurement.

For investments in illiquid or privately held securities that do not have readily determinable fair values, the determination
of fair value requires the Company to estimate the value of the securities using the best information available. Among the factors
considered by the Company in determining the fair value of such financial instruments are the cost, terms and liquidity of the
investment, the financial condition and operating results of the issuer, the quoted market price of publicly traded securities with
similar quality and yield, and other factors generally pertinent to the valuation of investments. In instances where a security is
subject to transfer restrictions, the value of the security is based primarily on the quoted price of a similar security without
restriction but may be reduced by an amount estimated to reflect such restrictions. In addition, even where the Company derives
the value of a security based on information from an independent source, certain assumptions may be required to determine the
security’s fair value. For instance, the Company assumes that the size of positions in securities that the Company holds would
not be large enough to affect the quoted price of the securities if the firm sells them, and that any such sale would happen in an
orderly manner. The actual value realized upon disposition could be different from the currently estimated fair value.

Fixed Assets

Fixed assets include furniture and equipment, software and leasehold improvements. Furniture and equipment and software
are depreciated using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives of three to ten years. Leasehold improvements are
amortized over their estimated useful life or the life of the lease, whichever is shorter. The Company capitalizes certain costs
incurred in connection with internal use software projects and amortizes the amount over the expected useful life of the asset,
generally three to seven years.

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

Leases

The Company leases its corporate headquarters and other offices under various non-cancelable leases. The leases require
payment of real estate taxes, insurance and common area maintenance, in addition to rent. The terms of the Company’s lease
agreements generally range up to twelve years. Some of the leases contain renewal options, escalation clauses, rent-free holidays
and operating cost adjustments.

For leases that contain escalation clauses or rent-free holidays, the Company recognizes the related rent expense on a straight-
line basis from the date the Company takes possession of the property to the end of the initial lease term. The Company records
any difference between the straight-line rent amounts and amounts payable under the leases as part of other liabilities and accrued
expenses.

Cash or lease incentives received upon entering into certain leases are recognized on a straight-line basis as a reduction of
rent expense from the date the Company takes possession of the property or receives the cash to the end of the initial lease term.
The Company records the unamortized portion of lease incentives as part of other liabilities and accrued expenses.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the fair value of the consideration transferred in excess of the fair value of identifiable net assets at the
acquisition date. The recoverability of goodwill is evaluated annually, at a minimum, or on an interim basis if circumstances
indicate a possible inability to realize the carrying amount. See Note 14 for additional information on the Company's goodwill
impairment testing.

Intangible assets with determinable lives consist of asset management customer relationships and capital markets customer
relationships and non-competition agreements that are amortized over their original estimated useful lives ranging from two to
ten years. Indefinite-life intangible assets consist of the ARI trade name. It is not amortized and is evaluated annually, at a
minimum, or on an interim basis if events or circumstances indicate a possible inability to realize the carrying amount.

Investments

The Company’s proprietary investments include equity investments in private companies and partnerships, investments in
public companies, investments in registered mutual funds, warrants of public and private companies and private company debt.
Equity investments in private companies are accounted for at fair value, as required by accounting guidance or if the fair value
option was elected, or at cost. Investments in partnerships are accounted for under the equity method, which is generally the net
asset value. Exchange traded direct equity investments in public companies and registered mutual funds are accounted for at
fair value. Company-owned warrants with a cashless exercise option are valued at fair value, while warrants without a cashless
exercise option are valued at cost. Private company debt investments are recorded at fair value, as required by accounting
guidance, or at amortized cost, net of any unamortized premium or discount.

Other Assets

Other assets include net deferred income tax assets, receivables and prepaid expenses. Receivables include fee receivables,
accrued interest and loans made to employees, typically in connection with their recruitment. Employee loans are forgiven based
on continued employment and are amortized to compensation and benefits expense using the straight-line method over the
respective terms of the loans, which generally range from two to five years.

Revenue Recognition

Investment Banking – Investment banking revenues, which include underwriting and advisory fees, are recorded when
services for the transactions are completed under the terms of each engagement. Expenses associated with such transactions are
deferred until the related revenue is recognized or the engagement is otherwise concluded. Investment banking revenues are
presented net of related unreimbursed expenses for completed deals. Expenses related to investment banking deals not completed
are recognized as non-interest expenses on the consolidated statements of operations.

Institutional Brokerage – Institutional brokerage revenues include (i) commissions received from customers for the
execution of brokerage transactions in listed and over-the-counter (OTC) equity, fixed income and convertible debt securities,
which are recorded on a trade-date basis, (ii) trading gains and losses and (iii) fees received by the Company for equity research.

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

The Company permits institutional customers to allocate a portion of their gross commissions to pay for research products and
other services provided by third parties. The amounts allocated for those purposes are commonly referred to as soft dollar
arrangements. As the Company is not the primary obligor for these arrangements, expenses relating to soft dollars are netted
against commission revenues and included in other liabilities and accrued expenses on the consolidated statements of financial
condition.

Asset Management – Asset management fees include revenues the Company receives in connection with management and
investment advisory services performed for separately managed accounts and various funds and partnerships. These fees are
recognized in the period in which services are provided. Fees are defined in client contracts as either fixed or based on a percentage
of portfolio assets under management and may include performance fees. Performance fees are earned when the investment
return on assets under management exceeds certain benchmark targets or other performance targets over a specified measurement
period (monthly, quarterly or annually). Performance fees, if earned, are generally recognized at the end of the specified
measurement period, typically the fourth quarter of the applicable year, or upon client liquidation. Performance fees are recognized
as of each reporting date for certain consolidated entities.

Interest Revenue and Expense – The Company nets interest expense within net revenues to mitigate the effects of fluctuations
in interest rates on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The Company recognizes contractual interest on
financial instruments owned and financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased (excluding derivative instruments), on an
accrual basis as a component of interest revenue and expense. The Company accounts for interest related to its short-term and
bank syndicated financings and its variable rate senior notes on an accrual basis with related interest recorded as interest expense.
In addition, the Company recognizes interest revenue related to its securities borrowed and securities purchased under agreements
to resell activities and interest expense related to its securities loaned and securities sold under agreements to repurchase activities
on an accrual basis.

Investment Income – Investment income includes realized and unrealized gains and losses from the Company's merchant

banking and other firm investments.

Stock-based Compensation

FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, “Compensation — Stock Compensation,” (“ASC 718”) requires all
stock-based compensation to be expensed on the consolidated statements of operations based on the grant date fair value of the
award. Compensation expense related to share-based awards that do not require future service are recognized in the year in
which the awards were deemed to be earned. Share-based awards that require future service are amortized over the relevant
service period net of estimated forfeitures. See Note 24 for additional information on the Company's accounting for stock-based
compensation.

Income Taxes

The Company files a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return, which includes all of its qualifying subsidiaries. The
Company is also subject to income tax in various states and municipalities and those foreign jurisdictions in which we operate.
Income taxes are provided for using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the
expected future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between amounts reported for income tax purposes and
financial statement purposes, using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary
differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The realization of deferred tax assets is assessed and a valuation allowance
is recognized to the extent that it is more likely than not that any portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. Tax reserves
for uncertain tax positions are recorded in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 740, “Income
Taxes” (“ASC 740”).

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income/(loss) applicable to common shareholders by the
weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Net income/(loss) applicable to common shareholders
represents net income/(loss) reduced by the allocation of earnings to participating securities. Losses are not allocated to
participating securities. Diluted earnings per common share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average outstanding shares
to assume conversion of all potentially dilutive stock options.

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

Unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid
or unpaid) are participating securities and are included in the earnings allocation in the earnings per share calculation under the
two-class method. The Company grants restricted stock and restricted stock units as part of its share-based compensation program.
Recipients of restricted stock are entitled to receive nonforfeitable dividends during the vesting period, and therefore meet the
definition of a participating security. The Company's unvested restricted stock units are not participating securities as recipients
are not eligible to receive nonforfeitable dividends.

Foreign Currency Translation

The Company consolidates foreign subsidiaries which have designated their local currency as their functional currency.
Assets and liabilities of these foreign subsidiaries are translated at year-end rates of exchange. The gains or losses resulting from
translating foreign currency financial statements are included in other comprehensive income. Gains or losses resulting from
foreign currency transactions are included in net income.

Contingencies

The Company is involved in various pending and potential legal proceedings related to its business, including litigation,
arbitration and regulatory proceedings. The Company establishes reserves for potential losses to the extent that claims are
probable of loss and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The determination of the outcome and reserve amounts
requires significant judgment on the part of management.

Note 3 Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Future Adoption of New Applicable Accounting Standards

Revenue Recognition

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)," ("ASU 2014-09")
which supersedes current revenue recognition guidance, including most industry-specific guidance. ASU 2014-09 requires a
company to recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the
consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods and services. The guidance also requires
additional disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue that is recognized. ASU 2014-09 is
effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company is
evaluating the impact of the new guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

Repurchase Agreements

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-11, "Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860): Repurchase-to-Maturity
Transactions, Repurchase Financings, and Disclosures," ("ASU 2014-11") amending FASB Accounting Standards Codification
Topic 860, "Transfers and Servicing." The amended guidance changes the accounting for repurchase-to-maturity transactions
and repurchase financing arrangements. The guidance also requires new disclosures for certain transfers accounted for as sales
and collateral supporting transactions that are accounted for as secured borrowings. ASU 2014-11 is effective for annual and
interim periods beginning after December 15, 2014, except for the disclosures related to secured borrowings, which are effective
for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and for interim periods beginning after March 15, 2015. The adoption
of ASU 2014-11 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's results of operations or financial position, but may
impact the Company's disclosures.

Consolidation

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-02, "Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation
Analysis" ("ASU 2015-02"). ASU 2015-02 amends ASC 810 through targeted changes to the consolidation guidance for legal
entities such as limited partnerships, limited liability corporations and securitization structures. It is effective for annual and
interim periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact of the
amended guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

Note 4 Acquisitions

On July 12, 2013, the Company completed the purchase of Seattle-Northwest Securities Corporation ("Seattle-Northwest"),
a Seattle-based investment bank and broker dealer focused on public finance in the Northwest region of the U.S. The acquisition
of Seattle-Northwest supports the Company's strategy to grow its public finance business.

On July 16, 2013, the Company completed the purchase of Edgeview Partners, L.P. ("Edgeview"), a middle-market advisory
firm specializing in mergers and acquisitions. The acquisition of Edgeview further strengthened the Company's mergers and
acquisitions position in the middle market and added resources dedicated to the private equity community.

The Company paid $32.7 million in cash for Seattle-Northwest and Edgeview, which represented the fair values as of the
respective acquisition dates. The Company also entered into acquisition-related compensation arrangements of $14.3 million
which consisted of cash, restricted stock and restricted mutual fund shares ("MFRS Awards") of registered funds managed by
the Company's asset management business. Compensation expense related to these arrangements is amortized on a straight-line
basis over the original requisite service period of two to five years (a weighted average remaining service period of 2.9 years).

These acquisitions were accounted for pursuant to FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805, "Business
Combinations." Accordingly, the purchase price of each acquisition was allocated to the acquired assets and liabilities assumed
based on their estimated fair values as of the respective acquisition dates. The excess of the purchase price over the net assets
acquired was allocated between goodwill and intangible assets within the Capital Markets segment. The Company recorded
$15.0 million of goodwill on the consolidated statements of financial condition, of which $9.1 million is expected to be deductible
for income tax purposes. In management's opinion, the goodwill represents the reputation and expertise of Seattle-Northwest
and Edgeview in their business.

Identifiable intangible assets purchased by the Company consisted of customer relationships and non-competition
agreements with acquisition-date fair values estimated to be $6.0 million and $0.7 million, respectively. Transaction costs of
$1.1 million were incurred for the year ended December 31, 2013, and are included in restructuring and integration costs within
continuing operations on the consolidated statements of operations.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the respective dates

of acquisition:

(Dollars in thousands)
Assets

Cash and cash equivalents ...........................................................................................................................
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned .......................................................................
Fixed assets..................................................................................................................................................
Goodwill ......................................................................................................................................................
Intangible assets...........................................................................................................................................
Other assets..................................................................................................................................................
Total assets acquired ......................................................................................................................................

Liabilities

Payables.......................................................................................................................................................
Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased.......................................
Accrued compensation ................................................................................................................................
Other liabilities and accrued expenses ........................................................................................................
Total liabilities assumed.................................................................................................................................

8,014
24,074
1,247
15,034
6,665
7,678
62,712

1,126
22,588
1,469
4,789
29,972

Net assets acquired.........................................................................................................................................

32,740

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

Seattle-Northwest and Edgeview results of operations have been included in the Company's consolidated financial statements
prospectively from their respective dates of acquisition. These acquisitions have been fully integrated with the Company's
existing operations. Accordingly, post-acquisition revenues and net income are not discernible. The following unaudited pro
forma financial data assumes the acquisitions had occurred on January 1, 2011. Pro forma results have been prepared by adjusting
the Company's historical results from continuing operations to include Seattle-Northwest and Edgeview results of operations
adjusted for the following changes: depreciation and amortization expenses were adjusted to account for acquisition-date fair
value adjustments of fixed assets and intangible assets; compensation and benefits expenses were adjusted to reflect excess
partner distributions as compensation expense; and the income tax effect of applying the Company's statutory tax rates to Seattle-
Northwest and Edgeview results of operations. The consolidated Company's unaudited pro forma information presented does
not necessarily reflect the results of operations that would have resulted had the acquisitions been completed at the beginning
of the applicable period presented, does not contemplate anticipated operational efficiencies of the combined entities, nor does
it indicate the results of operations in future periods.

(Dollars in thousands)
Net revenues ...................................................................................................................
Net income from continuing operations applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies ...........

$
$

Year Ended December 31,

2013

541,304
48,568

$
$

2012

535,694
50,413

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

Note 5 Discontinued Operations

The Company's Hong Kong capital markets business ceased operations in 2012. In accordance with the provisions of FASB
Accounting Standards Codification Topic 205-20, “Discontinued Operations,” the results from this business, previously reported
in the Capital Markets segment, have been classified as discontinued operations for all periods presented.

The components of discontinued operations for the Hong Kong capital markets business are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)

Year Ended December 31,

2013

2012

Net revenues .................................................................................................................

— $

6,635

—
1,197
1,197

11,535
16,550
28,085

Loss from discontinued operations before income tax benefit.......................................

(1,197)

(21,450)

Income tax benefit .......................................................................................................

(415)

(21,069)

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax................................................................

(782)

(381)

In 2013, the Company completed the sale of FAMCO, an asset management subsidiary, for consideration of $4.0 million
which consisted of $0.3 million in cash and a $3.7 million note receivable from the buyer. FAMCO's results, previously reported
in the Asset Management segment, have been presented as discontinued operations for all periods presented and the related
assets and liabilities were classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2012.

The components of discontinued operations for FAMCO are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)

Year Ended December 31,

2013

2012

Net revenues .................................................................................................................

1,650

5,718

Loss from discontinued operations before income tax benefit.......................................

Income tax benefit ........................................................................................................

Loss from discontinued operations.................................................................................

Loss on sale, net of tax .................................................................................................

—
5,057
5,057

(3,407)

(1,326)

(2,081)

(1,876)

5,508
8,362
13,870

(8,152)

(2,726)

(5,426)

—

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax................................................................

(3,957)

(5,426)

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

Note 6 Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Owned and Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions

Sold, but Not Yet Purchased

Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned and financial instruments and other inventory positions sold,

but not yet purchased were as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned:
Corporate securities:

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

Equity securities ...........................................................................................................
Convertible securities ...................................................................................................
Fixed income securities ................................................................................................

50,365
156,685
48,651

54,097
80,784
10,102

Municipal securities:

Taxable securities .........................................................................................................
Tax-exempt securities...................................................................................................
Short-term securities ....................................................................................................
Asset-backed securities...................................................................................................
U.S. government agency securities.................................................................................
U.S. government securities .............................................................................................
Derivative contracts ........................................................................................................
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned..................................

Less noncontrolling interests (1) ....................................................................................

Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased:
Corporate securities:

Equity securities ...........................................................................................................
Fixed income securities ................................................................................................
U.S. government agency securities.................................................................................
U.S. government securities .............................................................................................
Derivative contracts ........................................................................................................
Total financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased..

Less noncontrolling interests (2) ....................................................................................

312,753
559,704
68,717
125,065
244,046
2,549
47,826
1,616,361

(267,742)
1,348,619

154,589
21,460
27,735
523,527
10,813
738,124

232,379
460,865
62,620
119,811
304,737
—
38,633
1,364,028

(291,513)
1,072,515

69,205
24,021
120,084
291,320
8,203
512,833

(98,669)
639,455

(68,356)
444,477

(1) Noncontrolling interests attributable to third party ownership in a consolidated municipal bond fund consist of $123.3 million and $101.8 million of
taxable municipal securities, $139.5 million and $183.9 million of tax-exempt municipal securities, and $4.9 million and $5.8 million of derivative contracts
as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

(2) Noncontrolling interests attributable to third party ownership in a consolidated municipal bond fund consist of $97.6 million and $67.4 million of U.S.

government securities, and $1.1 million and $1.0 million of derivative contracts as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, financial instruments and other inventory positions owned in the amount of $1.1 billion

and $957.5 million, respectively, had been pledged as collateral for short-term financings and repurchase agreements.

Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased represent obligations of the Company to
deliver the specified security at the contracted price, thereby creating a liability to purchase the security in the market at prevailing
prices. The Company is obligated to acquire the securities sold short at prevailing market prices, which may exceed the amount
reflected on the consolidated statements of financial condition. The Company economically hedges changes in the market value

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

of its financial instruments and other inventory positions owned using inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased, interest
rate derivatives, credit default swap index contracts, treasury futures and exchange-traded options.

Derivative Contract Financial Instruments

The Company uses interest rate swaps, interest rate locks, credit default swap index contracts, treasury futures and option
contracts to facilitate customer transactions and as a means to manage risk in certain inventory positions. The following describes
the Company’s derivatives by the type of transaction or security the instruments are economically hedging.

Customer matched-book derivatives: The Company enters into interest rate derivative contracts in a principal capacity as
a dealer to satisfy the financial needs of its customers. The Company simultaneously enters into an interest rate derivative
contract with a third party for the same notional amount to hedge the interest rate and credit risk of the initial client interest rate
derivative contract. In certain limited instances, the Company has only hedged interest rate risk with a third party, and retains
uncollateralized credit risk as described below. The instruments use interest rates based upon either the London Interbank Offer
Rate (“LIBOR”) index or the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (“SIFMA”) index.

Trading securities derivatives: The Company enters into interest rate derivative contracts to hedge interest rate and market
value risks associated with its fixed income securities. The instruments use interest rates based upon either the Municipal Market
Data (“MMD”) index, LIBOR or the SIFMA index. The Company also enters into credit default swap index contracts to hedge
credit risk associated with its taxable fixed income securities and option contracts to hedge market value risk associated with
its convertible securities and asset-backed securities.

The following table presents the total absolute notional contract amount associated with the Company’s outstanding

derivative instruments:

(Dollars in thousands)
Transaction Type or Hedged Security Derivative Category
Interest rate derivative contract
Customer matched-book..........................
Interest rate derivative contract
Trading securities.....................................
Credit default swap index contract
Trading securities.....................................
Equity option derivative contract
Trading securities.....................................

December 31,
2014
4,860,302
297,250
267,796
19,380
5,444,728

December 31,
2013
5,310,929
198,500
299,333
17,090
5,825,852

The Company’s derivative contracts do not qualify for hedge accounting, therefore, unrealized gains and losses are recorded
on the consolidated statements of operations. The gains and losses on the related economically hedged inventory positions are
not disclosed below as they are not in qualifying hedging relationships. The following table presents the Company’s unrealized
gains/(losses) on derivative instruments:

(Dollars in thousands)
Derivative Category
Interest rate derivative contract ...............
Interest rate derivative contract ...............
Credit default swap index contract..........
Equity option derivative contract ............

Operations Category
Investment banking
Institutional brokerage
Institutional brokerage
Institutional brokerage

Year Ended December 31,
2013

2012

2014

(2,790)
(1,678)
(1,080)
1,037
(4,511)

(1,529)
(2,511)
(1,522)
(646)
(6,208)

(2,583)
(798)
(1,603)
—
(4,984)

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

The gross fair market value of all derivative instruments and their location on the Company’s consolidated statements of

financial condition prior to counterparty netting are shown below by asset or liability position:

(Dollars in thousands)
Derivative Category
Interest rate derivative
contract

Credit default swap
index contract

Equity option derivative
contract

Financial Condition
Location
Financial instruments and
other inventory positions
owned

Financial instruments and
other inventory positions
owned

Asset Value at
December 31,
2014

448,127

5,808

76
454,011

Financial Condition
Location
Financial instruments and other
inventory positions sold,
but not yet purchased

Financial instruments and other
inventory positions sold,
but not yet purchased

Liability Value at
December 31,
2014

433,469

5,188

189
438,846

Derivatives are reported on a net basis by counterparty (i.e., the net payable or receivable for derivative assets and liabilities
for a given counterparty) when a legal right of offset exists and on a net basis by cross product when applicable provisions are
stated in master netting agreements. Cash collateral received or paid is netted on a counterparty basis, provided a legal right of
offset exists.

Credit risk associated with the Company’s derivatives is the risk that a derivative counterparty will not perform in accordance
with the terms of the applicable derivative contract. Credit exposure associated with the Company’s derivatives is driven by
uncollateralized market movements in the fair value of the contracts with counterparties and is monitored regularly by the
Company’s financial risk committee. The Company considers counterparty credit risk in determining derivative contract fair
value. The majority of the Company’s derivative contracts are substantially collateralized by its counterparties, who are major
financial institutions. The Company has a limited number of counterparties who are not required to post collateral. Based on
market movements, the uncollateralized amounts representing the fair value of the derivative contract can become material,
exposing the Company to the credit risk of these counterparties. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had $28.3 million of
uncollateralized credit exposure with these counterparties (notional contract amount of $197.8 million), including $16.5 million
of uncollateralized credit exposure with one counterparty.

Note 7 Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Based on the nature of the Company’s business and its role as a “dealer” in the securities industry or as a manager of
alternative asset management funds, the fair values of its financial instruments are determined internally. The Company’s
processes are designed to ensure that the fair values used for financial reporting are based on observable inputs wherever possible.
In the event that observable inputs are not available, unobservable inputs are developed based on an evaluation of all relevant
empirical market data, including prices evidenced by market transactions, interest rates, credit spreads, volatilities and correlations
and other security-specific information. Valuation adjustments related to illiquidity or counterparty credit risk are also considered.
In estimating fair value, the Company may utilize information provided by third-party pricing vendors to corroborate internally-
developed fair value estimates.

The Company employs specific control processes to determine the reasonableness of the fair value of its financial instruments.
The Company’s processes are designed to ensure that the internally estimated fair values are accurately recorded and that the
data inputs and the valuation techniques used are appropriate, consistently applied, and that the assumptions are reasonable and
consistent with the objective of determining fair value. Individuals outside of the trading departments perform independent
pricing verification reviews as of each reporting date. The Company has established parameters which set forth when the fair
value of securities are independently verified. The selection parameters are generally based upon the type of security, the level
of estimation risk of a security, the materiality of the security to the Company’s financial statements, changes in fair value from
period to period, and other specific facts and circumstances of the Company’s securities portfolio. In evaluating the initial

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

internally-estimated fair values made by the Company’s traders, the nature and complexity of securities involved (e.g., term,
coupon, collateral, and other key drivers of value), level of market activity for securities, and availability of market data are
considered. The independent price verification procedures include, but are not limited to, analysis of trade data (both internal
and external where available), corroboration to the valuation of positions with similar characteristics, risks and components, or
comparison to an alternative pricing source, such as a discounted cash flow model. The Company’s valuation committee,
comprised of members of senior management and risk management, provides oversight and overall responsibility for the internal
control processes and procedures related to fair value measurements.

The following is a description of the valuation techniques used to measure fair value.

Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less. Actively traded money market

funds are measured at their net asset value and classified as Level I.

Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Owned

The Company records financial instruments and other inventory positions owned and financial instruments and other
inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased at fair value on the consolidated statements of financial condition with unrealized
gains and losses reflected on the consolidated statements of operations.

Equity securities – Exchange traded equity securities are valued based on quoted prices from the exchange for identical
assets or liabilities as of the period-end date. To the extent these securities are actively traded and valuation adjustments are not
applied, they are categorized as Level I. Non-exchange traded equity securities (principally hybrid preferred securities) are
measured primarily using broker quotations, prices observed for recently executed market transactions and internally-developed
fair value estimates based on observable inputs and are categorized within Level II of the fair value hierarchy.

Convertible securities – Convertible securities are valued based on observable trades, when available. Accordingly, these

convertible securities are categorized as Level II.

Corporate fixed income securities – Fixed income securities include corporate bonds which are valued based on recently
executed market transactions of comparable size, internally-developed fair value estimates based on observable inputs, or broker
quotations. Accordingly, these corporate bonds are categorized as Level II. When observable price quotations or certain
observable inputs are not available, fair value is determined using model-based valuation techniques with observable inputs
such as specific security contractual terms and yield curves, and unobservable inputs such as credit spreads over U.S. treasury
securities. Corporate bonds measured using model-based valuation techniques are categorized as Level III.

Taxable municipal securities – Taxable municipal securities are valued using recently executed observable trades or market

price quotations and therefore are generally categorized as Level II.

Tax-exempt municipal securities – Tax-exempt municipal securities are valued using recently executed observable trades
or market price quotations and therefore are generally categorized as Level II. Certain illiquid tax-exempt municipal securities
are valued using market data for comparable securities (maturity and sector) and management judgment to infer an appropriate
current yield or other model-based valuation techniques deemed appropriate by management based on the specific nature of the
individual security and are therefore categorized as Level III.

Short-term municipal securities – Short-term municipal securities include auction rate securities, variable rate demand notes,
and other short-term municipal securities. Variable rate demand notes and other short-term municipal securities are valued using
recently executed observable trades or market price quotations and therefore are generally categorized as Level II. Auction rate
securities with limited liquidity are categorized as Level III and are valued using discounted cash flow models with unobservable
inputs such as the Company’s expected recovery rate on the securities.

Asset-backed securities – Asset-backed securities are valued using observable trades, when available. Certain asset-backed
securities are valued using models where inputs to the model are directly observable in the market, or can be derived principally
from or corroborated by observable market data. These asset-backed securities are categorized as Level II. Other asset-backed
securities, which are principally collateralized by residential mortgages, have experienced low volumes of executed transactions

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

resulting in less observable transaction data. Certain asset-backed securities collateralized by residential mortgages are valued
using cash flow models that utilize unobservable inputs including credit default rates, prepayment rates, loss severity and valuation
yields. As judgment is used to determine the range of these inputs, these asset-backed securities are categorized as Level III.

U.S. government agency securities – U.S. government agency securities include agency debt bonds and mortgage bonds.
Agency debt bonds are valued by using either direct price quotes or price quotes for comparable bond securities and are categorized
as Level II. Mortgage bonds include bonds secured by mortgages, mortgage pass-through securities, agency collateralized
mortgage-obligation (“CMO”) securities and agency interest-only securities. Mortgage pass-through securities, CMO securities
and interest-only securities are valued using recently executed observable trades or other observable inputs, such as prepayment
speeds and therefore are generally categorized as Level II. Mortgage bonds are valued using observable market inputs, such as
market yields ranging from 49-947 basis points (“bps”) on spreads over U.S. treasury securities, or models based upon prepayment
expectations ranging from 37-460 Public Securities Association (“PSA”) prepayment levels. These securities are categorized
as Level II.

U.S. government securities – U.S. government securities include highly liquid U.S. treasury securities which are generally
valued using quoted market prices and therefore categorized as Level I. The Company does not transact in securities of countries
other than the U.S. government.

Derivatives – Derivative contracts include interest rate and basis swaps, interest rate locks, treasury futures, options and
credit default swap index contracts. These instruments derive their value from underlying assets, reference rates, indices or a
combination of these factors. The Company's equity option derivative contracts are valued based on quoted prices from the
exchange for identical assets or liabilities as of the period-end date. To the extent these contracts are actively traded and valuation
adjustments are not applied, they are categorized as Level I. The Company’s credit default swap index contracts are valued using
market price quotations and are classified as Level II. The majority of the Company’s interest rate derivative contracts, including
both interest rate swaps and interest rate locks, are valued using market standard pricing models based on the net present value
of estimated future cash flows. The valuation models used do not involve material subjectivity as the methodologies do not
entail significant judgment and the pricing inputs are market observable, including contractual terms, yield curves and measures
of volatility. These instruments are classified as Level II within the fair value hierarchy. Certain interest rate locks transact in
less active markets and were valued using valuation models that included the previously mentioned observable inputs and certain
unobservable inputs that required significant judgment, such as the premium over the MMD curve. These instruments are
classified as Level III.

Investments

The Company’s investments valued at fair value include equity investments in private companies and partnerships,
investments in public companies, investments in registered mutual funds, warrants of public and private companies and private
company debt. Exchange traded direct equity investments in public companies and registered mutual funds are valued based on
quoted prices on active markets and classified as Level I. Company-owned warrants, which have a cashless exercise option, are
valued based upon the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and certain unobservable inputs. The Company applies a liquidity
discount to the value of its warrants in public and private companies. For warrants in private companies, valuation adjustments,
based upon management’s judgment, are made to account for differences between the measured security and the stock volatility
factors of comparable companies. Company-owned warrants are reported as Level III assets. Investments in private companies
are valued based on an assessment of each underlying security, considering rounds of financing, third-party transactions and
market-based information, including comparable company transactions, trading multiples (e.g., multiples of revenue and earnings
before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA")) and changes in market outlook, among other factors. These
securities are generally categorized as Level III.

Fair Value Option – The fair value option permits the irrevocable fair value option election on an instrument-by-instrument
basis at initial recognition of an asset or liability or upon an event that gives rise to a new basis of accounting for that instrument.
The fair value option was elected for certain merchant banking and other investments at inception to reflect economic events in
earnings on a timely basis. Merchant banking and other equity investments of $18.4 million and $16.1 million, included within
investments on the consolidated statements of financial condition, are accounted for at fair value and are classified as Level III
assets at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The realized and unrealized gains from fair value changes included in

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

earnings as a result of electing to apply the fair value option to certain financial assets were $2.7 million, $10.6 million and $2.6
million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The following table summarizes quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value

measurement of the Company’s Level III financial instruments as of December 31, 2014:

Valuation
Technique

Unobservable Input

Range

Weighted
Average

Assets:
Financial instruments and other
inventory positions owned:
Municipal securities:

Tax-exempt securities.................. Discounted cash flow

Short-term securities ................... Discounted cash flow

Asset-backed securities:

Collateralized by residential
mortgages .................................. Discounted cash flow

Derivative contracts:

Interest rate locks ........................ Discounted cash flow

Investments at fair value:

Warrants in public and private
companies..................................

Warrants in private companies....

Black-Scholes option
pricing model
Black-Scholes option
pricing model

Equity securities in private
companies.................................. Market approach

Liabilities:

Financial instruments and other
inventory positions sold, but not
yet purchased:
Derivative contracts:

Debt service coverage
ratio (2)
Expected recovery rate
(% of par) (2)

Credit default rates (3)
Prepayment rates (4)
Loss severity (3)
Valuation yields (3)

5 - 60%

66 - 94%

1 - 8%
2 - 21%
31 - 95%
5 - 6%

19.4%

91.0%

4.2%
4.1%
70.9%
5.3%

Premium over the MMD
curve (1)

0 - 14 bps

13.2 bps

Liquidity discount rates (1)

30 - 40%

30.7%

Stock volatility factors of
comparable companies (2)

21 - 54%

28.0%

Revenue multiple (2)
EBITDA multiple (2)

2 - 6 times
9 - 12 times

4.0 times
9.5 times

Interest rate locks ........................ Discounted cash flow

Premium over the MMD
curve (1)

1 - 28 bps

13.6 bps

Sensitivity of the fair value to changes in unobservable inputs:

(1) Significant increase/(decrease) in the unobservable input in isolation would result in a significantly lower/(higher) fair value measurement.

(2) Significant increase/(decrease) in the unobservable input in isolation would result in a significantly higher/(lower) fair value measurement.

(3) Significant changes in any of these inputs in isolation could result in a significantly different fair value. Generally, a change in the assumption used for
credit default rates is accompanied by a directionally similar change in the assumption used for the loss severity and a directionally inverse change in
the assumption for valuation yields.

(4) The potential impact of changes in prepayment rates on fair value is dependent on other security-specific factors, such as the par value and structure.
Changes in the prepayment rates may result in directionally similar or directionally inverse changes in fair value depending on whether the security trades
at a premium or discount to the par value.

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

The following table summarizes the valuation of the Company’s financial instruments by pricing observability levels defined

in ASC 820 as of December 31, 2014:

Level I

Level II

Level III

Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting (1)

Total

(Dollars in thousands)
Assets:
Financial instruments and other
inventory positions owned:

Corporate securities:

Equity securities............................
Convertible securities....................
Fixed income securities.................

39,191
—
—

Municipal securities:

Taxable securities..........................
Tax-exempt securities ...................
Short-term securities .....................
Asset-backed securities....................
U.S. government agency securities..
U.S. government securities ..............
Derivative contracts .........................
Total financial instruments and other
inventory positions owned: ..............

Cash equivalents.................................

Investments at fair value.....................
Total assets .........................................

Liabilities:
Financial instruments and other
inventory positions sold, but not yet
purchased:

Corporate securities:

Equity securities............................
Fixed income securities.................
U.S. government agency securities..
U.S. government securities ..............
Derivative contracts .........................
Total financial instruments and other
inventory positions sold, but not yet
purchased:.........................................

11,174
156,685
48,651

312,753
558,518
67,997
316
244,046
—
453,795

— $
—
—

—
1,186
720
124,749
—
—
140

—
—
—
—
—
—
(406,185)

50,365
156,685
48,651

312,753
559,704
68,717
125,065
244,046
2,549
47,826

—
—
—
—
—
2,549
76

41,816

1,853,935

126,795

(406,185)

1,616,361

1,562

20,704
64,082

153,254
—
—
523,527
189

—

1,562

—
1,853,935

1,335
21,460
27,735
—
430,835

74,165
200,960

—
(406,185)

94,869
1,712,792

— $
—
—
—
7,822

— $
—
—
—
(428,033)

154,589
21,460
27,735
523,527
10,813

676,970

481,365

7,822

(428,033)

738,124

(1) Represents cash collateral and the impact of netting on a counterparty basis. The Company had no securities posted as collateral to its counterparties.

54,097
80,784
10,102

232,379
460,865
62,620
119,811
304,737
38,633

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

The following table summarizes the valuation of the Company’s financial instruments by pricing observability levels defined

in ASC 820 as of December 31, 2013:

Level I

Level II

Level III

Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting (1)

Total

(Dollars in thousands)
Assets:
Financial instruments and other
inventory positions owned:

Corporate securities:

Equity securities.............................
Convertible securities.....................
Fixed income securities..................

39,711
—
—

14,386
80,784
10,002

— $
—
100

— $
—
—

Municipal securities:

Taxable securities...........................
Tax-exempt securities ....................
Short-term securities ......................
Asset-backed securities.....................
U.S. government agency securities...
Derivative contracts..........................

Total financial instruments and other
inventory positions owned: ...............

—
—
—
—
—
19

232,379
459,432
61,964
12
304,737
351,589

—
1,433
656
119,799
—
691

—
—
—
—
—
(313,666)

39,730

1,515,285

122,679

(313,666)

1,364,028

Cash equivalents..................................

101,629

—

101,629

Investments at fair value .....................
Total assets ..........................................

Liabilities:
Financial instruments and other
inventory positions sold, but not yet
purchased:

Corporate securities:

Equity securities.............................
Fixed income securities..................
U.S. government agency securities...
U.S. government securities...............
Derivative contracts..........................

Total financial instruments and other
inventory positions sold, but not yet
purchased:..........................................

20,690
162,049

69,205
—
—
291,320
1,889

—
1,515,285

49,240
171,919

—
(313,666)

69,930
1,535,587

— $

24,021
120,084
—
324,065

— $
—
—
—
6,643

— $
—
—
—
(324,394)

69,205
24,021
120,084
291,320
8,203

362,414

468,170

6,643

(324,394)

512,833

(1) Represents cash collateral and the impact of netting on a counterparty basis. The Company had no securities posted as collateral to its counterparties.

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

The Company’s Level III assets were $201.0 million and $171.9 million, or 11.7 percent and 11.2 percent of financial
instruments measured at fair value at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The value of transfers between levels are
recognized at the beginning of the reporting period. There were $3.6 million of transfers of financial assets from Level II to
Level III during the year ended December 31, 2014, related to investments for which no recent trade activity was observed and
valuation inputs became unobservable. There were no other significant transfers between Level I, Level II or Level III for the
year ended December 31, 2014.

The following tables summarize the changes in fair value associated with Level III financial instruments held at the beginning

or end of the periods presented:

Balance at
December 31,
2013

Purchases

Sales

Transfers
in

Transfers
out

Realized
gains/
(losses) (1)

Unrealized
gains/
(losses) (1)

Balance at
December 31,
2014

Unrealized gains/
(losses) for assets/
liabilities held at
December 31,
2014 (1)

(Dollars in thousands)
Assets:

Financial instruments
and other inventory
positions owned:

Corporate securities:

Fixed income

securities .............

Municipal securities:

Tax-exempt

securities .............

Short-term

securities .............

Asset-backed

securities ................

Derivative

contracts.................

Total financial

instruments and other
inventory positions
owned: ......................

Investments at fair

value..........................

100

— $

(100) $

— $

—

1,433

656

—

(25)

—

119,799

154,338

(161,962)

3,552

691

3,602

—

122,679

157,940

(162,087)

3,552

49,240

21,730

(2,368)

—

(247)

1,186

720

9,189

(167)

124,749

(3,602)

(551)

140

(247)

1,745

140

5,593

(882)

126,795

1,721

2,368

7,961

3,195

2,313

74,165

200,960

3,195

4,916

Total assets..................

171,919

$ 179,670

$ (164,455) $ 3,552

— $

Liabilities:

Financial instruments
and other inventory
positions sold, but
not yet purchased:

Derivative

contracts.................

Total financial

instruments and other
inventory positions
sold, but not yet
purchased: .................

6,643

$ (16,751) $

— $

16,751

1,179

7,822

6,643

$ (16,751) $

— $

16,751

1,179

7,822

(1) Realized and unrealized gains/(losses) related to financial instruments, with the exception of customer matched-book derivatives, are reported in
institutional brokerage on the consolidated statements of operations. Realized and unrealized gains/(losses) related to customer matched-book derivatives
are reported in investment banking. Realized and unrealized gains/(losses) related to investments are reported in investment banking revenues or investment
income on the consolidated statements of operations.

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

Balance at
December 31,
2012

Purchases

Sales

Transfers
in

Transfers
out

Realized
gains/
(losses) (1)

Unrealized
gains/
(losses) (1)

Balance at
December 31,
2013

Unrealized gains/
(losses) for assets/
liabilities held at
December 31,
2013 (1)

(Dollars in thousands)
Assets:

Financial instruments
and other inventory
positions owned:

— $

100

— $

100

Corporate securities:

Fixed income

securities .............

Municipal securities:

Tax-exempt

securities .............

Short-term

securities .............

Asset-backed

securities ................

Derivative

contracts.................

Total financial

instruments and other
inventory positions
owned: ......................

Investments at fair

value..........................

1,429

656

—

116,171

227,634

(238,860)

827

(2,382)

119,083

227,740

(241,242)

33,245

16,825

(10,358)

—

1,433

656

17,105

(2,251)

119,799

2,377

(136)

691

—

1,548

691

—

19,482

(2,384)

122,679

2,242

Total assets..................

152,328

$ 244,565

$ (251,600) $

— $

(619) $

25,431

(619)

5,949

4,198

1,814

49,240

171,919

4,198

6,440

Liabilities:
Financial instruments
and other inventory
positions sold, but
not yet purchased:

Derivative

contracts.................

Total financial

instruments and other
inventory positions
sold, but not yet
purchased: .................

5,218

(5,702) $

457

— $

5,232

1,438

6,643

5,218

(5,702) $

457

— $

5,232

1,438

6,643

The carrying values of the Company’s cash, securities either purchased or sold under agreements to resell, receivables and
payables either from or to customers and brokers, dealers and clearing organizations and short-term financings approximate fair
value due to their liquid or short-term nature.

Non-Recurring Fair Value Measurement

In 2012, the Company recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $5.5 million within discontinued operations representing
the residual value of goodwill attributable to FAMCO. The fair value measurement used in the analysis was based on a discounted
cash flow model and the anticipated pricing for the sale of FAMCO. The discounted cash flow model was calculated using
unobservable inputs, such as operational budgets, strategic plans and other estimates, which are classified as Level III within
the fair value hierarchy.

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

Note 8 Variable Interest Entities

The Company has investments in and/or acts as the managing partner of various partnerships, limited liability companies,
or registered mutual funds. These entities were established for the purpose of investing in securities of public or private companies,
or municipal debt obligations and were initially financed through the capital commitments or seed investments of the members.

VIEs are entities in which equity investors lack the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient
equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities. The determination as to whether an entity is a VIE is based on the amount
and nature of the members’ equity investment in the entity. The Company also considers other characteristics such as the power
through voting rights or similar rights to direct the activities of an entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic
performance. For those entities that meet the deferral provisions defined by ASU 2010-10, the Company considers characteristics
such as the ability to influence the decision making about the entity’s activities and how the entity is financed. The Company
has identified certain of the entities described above as VIEs. These VIEs had net assets approximating $0.6 billion and $0.8
billion at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company’s exposure to loss from these VIEs is $9.0 million, which
is the carrying value of its capital contributions recorded in investments on the consolidated statements of financial condition
at December 31, 2014. The Company had no liabilities related to these VIEs at December 31, 2014 and 2013.

The Company is required to consolidate all VIEs for which it is considered to be the primary beneficiary. The determination
as to whether the Company is considered to be the primary beneficiary is based on whether the Company has both the power
to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb
losses or the right to receive benefits of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. For those entities that meet the
deferral provisions defined by ASU 2010-10, the determination as to whether the Company is considered to be the primary
beneficiary differs in that it is based on whether the Company will absorb a majority of the VIE’s expected losses, receive a
majority of the VIE’s expected residual returns, or both. The Company determined it is not the primary beneficiary of these
VIEs and accordingly does not consolidate them. Furthermore, the Company has not provided financial or other support to these
VIEs that it was not previously contractually required to provide as of December 31, 2014.

The Company has investments in a grantor trust which was established as part of a nonqualified deferred compensation
plan. The Company is the primary beneficiary of the grantor trust. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the grantor trust are
consolidated by the Company on the consolidated statements of financial condition. See Note 24 for additional information on
the nonqualified deferred compensation plan.

The Company also originates CMOs through secondary market vehicles. The Company's risk of loss with respect to these

entities is limited to the fair value of the securities held by the Company.

Note 9 Receivables from and Payables to Brokers, Dealers and Clearing Organizations

Amounts receivable from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations included:

(Dollars in thousands)
Receivable arising from unsettled securities transactions ..............................................
Deposits paid for securities borrowed ............................................................................
Receivable from clearing organizations .........................................................................
Deposits with clearing organizations..............................................................................
Securities failed to deliver ..............................................................................................
Other ...............................................................................................................................

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

52,571
57,572
4,933
33,799
1,753
10,381
161,009

59,657
36,278
966
20,995
593
8,624
127,113

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

Amounts payable to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations included:

(Dollars in thousands)
Payable arising from unsettled securities transactions ...................................................
Payable to clearing organizations ...................................................................................
Securities failed to receive..............................................................................................
Other ...............................................................................................................................

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

11,048
5,185
2,430
6,901
25,564

5,643
9,462
744
11,873
27,722

Deposits paid for securities borrowed approximate the market value of the securities. Securities failed to deliver and receive

represent the contract value of securities that have not been delivered or received by the Company on settlement date.

Note 10 Receivables from and Payables to Customers

Amounts receivable from customers included:

(Dollars in thousands)
Cash accounts .................................................................................................................
Margin accounts..............................................................................................................
Total receivables...........................................................................................................

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

6,135
3,523
9,658

5,013
6,620
11,633

Securities owned by customers are held as collateral for margin loan receivables. This collateral is not reflected on the

consolidated financial statements. Margin loan receivables earn interest at floating interest rates based on prime rates.

Amounts payable to customers included:

(Dollars in thousands)
Cash accounts .................................................................................................................
Margin accounts..............................................................................................................
Total payables...............................................................................................................

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

13,172
156
13,328

30,499
2,610
33,109

Payables to customers primarily comprise certain cash balances in customer accounts consisting of customer funds pending
settlement of securities transactions and customer funds on deposit. Except for amounts arising from customer short sales, all
amounts payable to customers are subject to withdrawal by customers upon their request.

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

Note 11 Collateralized Securities Transactions

The Company’s financing and customer securities activities involve the Company using securities as collateral. In the event
that the counterparty does not meet its contractual obligation to return securities used as collateral (e.g., pursuant to the terms
of a repurchase agreement), or customers do not deposit additional securities or cash for margin when required, the Company
may be exposed to the risk of reacquiring the securities or selling the securities at unfavorable market prices in order to satisfy
its obligations to its customers or counterparties. The Company seeks to control this risk by monitoring the market value of
securities pledged or used as collateral on a daily basis and requiring adjustments in the event of excess market exposure. The
Company also uses unaffiliated third party custodians to administer the underlying collateral for the majority of its short-term
financing to mitigate risk.

In a reverse repurchase agreement the Company purchases financial instruments from a seller, typically in exchange for
cash, and agrees to resell the same or substantially the same financial instruments to the seller at a stated price plus accrued
interest in the future. In a repurchase agreement, the Company sells financial instruments to a buyer, typically for cash, and
agrees to repurchase the same or substantially the same financial instruments from the buyer at a stated price plus accrued interest
at a future date. Even though repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements involve the legal transfer of ownership of financial
instruments, they are accounted for as financing arrangements because they require the financial instruments to be repurchased
or resold at maturity of the agreement.

In a securities borrowed transaction, the Company borrows securities from a counterparty in exchange for cash. When the
Company returns the securities, the counterparty returns the cash. Interest is generally paid periodically over the life of the
transaction.

In the normal course of business, the Company obtains securities purchased under agreements to resell, securities borrowed
and margin agreements on terms that permit it to repledge or resell the securities to others, typically pursuant to repurchase
agreements. The Company obtained securities with a fair value of approximately $369.7 million and $212.4 million at
December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, of which $338.8 million and $194.9 million, respectively, had been pledged or
otherwise transferred to satisfy its commitments under financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet
purchased.

The following is a summary of the Company’s securities sold under agreements to repurchase ("Repurchase Liabilities"),
the fair market value of collateral pledged and the interest rate charged by the Company’s counterparty, which is based on LIBOR
plus an applicable margin, as of December 31, 2014:

(Dollars in thousands)
Term up to 30 day maturities:

Repurchase
Liabilities

Fair Market
Value

Interest Rate

Asset-backed securities .................................................................

18,586

25,632

1.66 - 2.01%

Term of 30 to 90 day maturities:

Asset-backed securities .................................................................

9,097

12,823

1.83 - 1.96%

On demand maturities:

U.S. government agency securities ...............................................
U.S. government securities ...........................................................

54,293
20,670
102,646

57,705
21,323
117,483

0.50 - 0.75%
0.35%

Reverse repurchase agreements, repurchase agreements and securities borrowed and loaned are reported on a net basis by
counterparty when a legal right of offset exists. There were no gross amounts offset on the consolidated statements of financial
condition for reverse repurchase agreements, securities borrowed or repurchase agreements at December 31, 2014 and 2013,
respectively, as a legal right of offset did not exist. The Company had no outstanding securities lending arrangements as of
December 31, 2014 or 2013. See Note 6 for information related to the Company's offsetting of derivative contracts.

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

Note 12 Investments

The Company’s proprietary investments include investments in private companies and partnerships, registered mutual funds,

warrants of public and private companies and private company debt. Investments included:

(Dollars in thousands)
Investments at fair value.................................................................................................
Investments at cost..........................................................................................................
Investments accounted for under the equity method ......................................................
Total investments..........................................................................................................

Less investments attributable to noncontrolling interests (1) .........................................

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

94,869
8,214
23,757
126,840

69,930
20,709
21,404
112,043

(32,563)
94,277

(21,137)
90,906

(1) Noncontrolling interests are attributable to third party ownership in a consolidated merchant banking fund and private equity investment vehicles.

Management regularly reviews the Company’s investments in private company debt and has concluded that no valuation

allowance is needed as it is probable that all contractual principal and interest will be collected.

At December 31, 2014, investments carried on a cost basis had an estimated fair market value of $13.7 million. The estimated
fair value of these investments was based on an assessment of each underlying security, considering rounds of financing, third-
party transactions and market-based information, including comparable company transactions, trading multiples (e.g., multiples
of revenue and EBITDA), and changes in market outlook, among other factors. Because valuation estimates were based upon
management’s judgment, investments carried at cost would be categorized as Level III assets in the fair value hierarchy, if they
were carried at fair value.

Investments accounted for under the equity method include general and limited partnership interests. The carrying value
of these investments is based on the investment vehicle’s net asset value. The net assets of investment partnerships consist of
investments in both marketable and non-marketable securities. The underlying investments held by such partnerships are valued
based on the estimated fair value determined by management in our capacity as general partner or investor and, in the case of
investments in unaffiliated investment partnerships, are based on financial statements prepared by the unaffiliated general
partners.

Note 13 Other Assets

Other assets included:

(Dollars in thousands)
Net deferred income tax assets .......................................................................................
Fee receivables................................................................................................................
Accrued interest receivables ...........................................................................................
Forgivable loans, net.......................................................................................................
Prepaid expenses.............................................................................................................
Other ...............................................................................................................................
Total other assets ..........................................................................................................

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

45,851
23,959
10,061
8,366
6,067
5,995
100,299

36,252
34,415
9,793
7,879
5,237
8,516
102,092

See Note 28 for additional details concerning the Company's net deferred income tax assets.

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

Note 14 Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The following table presents the changes in the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets from continuing operations:

(Dollars in thousands)
Goodwill
Balance at December 31, 2012 ..................................................
Goodwill acquired........................................................................
Balance at December 31, 2013 ..................................................
Goodwill acquired........................................................................
Measurement period adjustment ..................................................
Balance at December 31, 2014 ..................................................

Intangible assets
Balance at December 31, 2012 ..................................................
Intangible assets acquired ............................................................
Amortization of intangible assets.................................................
Balance at December 31, 2013 ..................................................
Intangible assets acquired ............................................................
Amortization of intangible assets.................................................
Balance at December 31, 2014 ..................................................

Capital
Markets

Asset
Management

Total

— $

13,790
13,790
—
1,244
15,034

— $

6,665
(1,349)
5,316
—
(2,972)
2,344

196,844
—
196,844
—
—
196,844

41,258
—
(6,644)
34,614
—
(6,300)
28,314

196,844
13,790
210,634
—
1,244
211,878

41,258
6,665
(7,993)
39,930
—
(9,272)
30,658

The Company tests goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis and on an interim basis
when circumstances exist that could indicate possible impairment. The Company tests for impairment at the reporting unit level,
which is generally one level below its operating segments. The Company has identified two reporting units: capital markets and
asset management. When testing for impairment, the Company has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine
whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after making an
assessment, the Company determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying
amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. However, if the Company concludes otherwise, then the
Company is required to perform the two-step impairment test, which requires management to make judgments in determining
what assumptions to use in the calculation. The first step of the process consists of estimating the fair value of the reporting
units based on the following factors: a discounted cash flow model using revenue and profit forecasts, the Company’s market
capitalization, public company comparables and multiples of recent mergers and acquisitions of similar businesses, if available.
The estimated fair values of the reporting units are compared with their carrying values, which includes the allocated goodwill.
If the estimated fair value is less than the carrying values, a second step is performed to measure the amount of the impairment
loss, if any. An impairment loss is equal to the excess of the carrying amount of goodwill over its fair value.

The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment analysis as of October 31, 2014 and 2013, and concluded there
was no goodwill impairment. In 2012, the Company recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $5.5 million within
discontinued operations. This amount represented the residual value of goodwill attributable to FAMCO.

The Company also evaluated its intangible assets (indefinite and definite-lived) and concluded there was no impairment

in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The addition of goodwill and intangible assets during the year ended December 31, 2013 related to the acquisitions of
Seattle-Northwest and Edgeview, as discussed in Note 4. In 2014, the Company recorded a $1.2 million measurement period
adjustment to increase goodwill and acquisition-related deferred tax liabilities. Management identified $6.7 million of intangible
assets, consisting of customer relationships ($6.0 million) and non-competition agreements ($0.7 million), which will be
amortized over a weighted average life of 1.9 years and 3.0 years, respectively.

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

Intangible assets with determinable lives consist of asset management customer relationships and capital markets customer
relationships and non-competition agreements. The intangible assets are amortized over their original estimated useful lives
ranging from two to ten years. The following table summarizes the future aggregate amortization expense of the Company's
intangible assets with determinable lives for the years ended:

(Dollars in thousands)
2015................................................................................................................................................................
2016................................................................................................................................................................
2017................................................................................................................................................................
2018................................................................................................................................................................
2019................................................................................................................................................................
Total.............................................................................................................................................................

7,093
6,219
5,230
4,804
4,452
27,798

Note 15 Fixed Assets

The following is a summary of fixed assets:

(Dollars in thousands)
Furniture and equipment.................................................................................................
Leasehold improvements ................................................................................................
Software..........................................................................................................................
Total..............................................................................................................................
Accumulated depreciation and amortization ..................................................................

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

28,669
23,697
13,132
65,498
(47,327)
18,171

34,980
23,478
19,967
78,425
(62,311)
16,114

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, depreciation and amortization of furniture and equipment, leasehold
improvements and software from continuing operations totaled $5.3 million, $5.6 million and $6.5 million, respectively, and
are included in occupancy and equipment expense on the consolidated statements of operations.

Note 16 Short-Term Financing

The following is a summary of short-term financing and the weighted average interest rate on borrowings:

(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial paper (secured) ............................
Prime broker arrangement ................................
Bank lines (secured) .........................................
Total short-term financing..............................

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

Outstanding Balance Weighted Average Interest Rate
December 31,
2013
1.59%
0.90%
N/A

December 31,
2014
1.48%
0.91%
1.50%

238,013
127,754
12,000
377,767

280,294
234,417
—
514,711

The Company issues secured commercial paper to fund a portion of its securities inventory. The commercial paper notes
(“CP Notes”) can be issued with maturities of 27 days to 270 days from the date of issuance. The CP Notes are issued under
three separate programs, CP Series A, CP Series II A and CP Series III A, and are secured by different inventory classes. As of
December 31, 2014, the weighted average maturity of CP Series A, CP Series II A and CP Series III A was 77 days, 26 days and
27 days, respectively. The CP Notes are interest bearing or sold at a discount to par with an interest rate based on LIBOR plus
an applicable margin. CP Series III A includes a covenant that requires the Company’s U.S. broker dealer subsidiary to maintain
excess net capital of $120 million.

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

The Company has established an arrangement to obtain financing with a prime broker related to its municipal bond funds.
Financing under this arrangement is secured by certain securities, primarily municipal securities, and collateral limitations could
reduce the amount of funding available under this arrangement. The prime broker financing activities are recorded net of
receivables from trading activity. The funding is at the discretion of the prime broker subject to a notice period.

The Company has committed short-term bank line financing available on a secured basis and uncommitted short-term bank
line financing available on both a secured and unsecured basis. The Company uses these credit facilities in the ordinary course
of business to fund a portion of its daily operations and the amount borrowed under these credit facilities varies daily based on
the Company’s funding needs.

The Company’s committed short-term bank line financing at December 31, 2014 consisted of a one-year $250 million
committed revolving credit facility with U.S. Bank, N.A., which was renewed in December 2014. Advances under this facility
are secured by certain marketable securities. The facility includes a covenant that requires the Company’s U.S. broker dealer
subsidiary to maintain minimum net capital of $120 million, and the unpaid principal amount of all advances under this facility
will be due on December 18, 2015. The Company pays a nonrefundable commitment fee on the unused portion of the facility
on a quarterly basis. At December 31, 2014, the Company had no advances against this line of credit.

The Company’s uncommitted secured lines at December 31, 2014 totaled $185 million with two banks and are dependent
on having appropriate collateral, as determined by the bank agreement, to secure an advance under the line. The availability of
the Company’s uncommitted lines are subject to approval by the individual banks each time an advance is requested and may
be denied. At December 31, 2014, the Company had $12.0 million in advances against these lines of credit.

Note 17 Variable Rate Senior Notes

On November 30, 2012, the Company entered into a note purchase agreement under which the Company issued unsecured
variable rate senior notes (“Notes”) in the amount of $125 million. The initial holders of the Notes are certain entities advised
by PIMCO. The Notes consist of two classes, Class A Notes and Class B Notes, with principal amounts of $50 million and $75
million, respectively.

On June 2, 2014, the Company entered into an amended and restated note purchase agreement ("Amended Note Purchase
Agreement") under which the Company issued $50 million of new Class A Notes upon repayment in full of the 2012 Class A
Notes. The Class A Notes bear interest at a rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 3.00 percent and mature on May 31, 2017.
The Class B Notes remain outstanding, bear interest at a rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 4.50 percent and mature on
November 30, 2015. Interest on the Notes is adjustable and payable quarterly. The unpaid principal amounts are due in full on
the respective maturity dates and may not be prepaid by the Company.

The Amended Note Purchase Agreement includes customary events of default, including failure to pay principal when due
or failure to pay interest within five business days of when due, any representation or warranty in the Amended Note Purchase
Agreement proving untrue in any material respect when made by the Company, failure to comply with the covenants in the
Amended Note Purchase Agreement, failure to pay or another event of default under other material indebtedness in an amount
exceeding $10 million, bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or a change in control of the Company.
If there is any event of default under the Amended Note Purchase Agreement, the noteholders may declare the entire principal
and any accrued interest on the Notes to be due and payable and exercise other customary remedies.

The Amended Note Purchase Agreement includes covenants that, among other things, require the Company to maintain a
minimum consolidated tangible net worth and regulatory net capital, limit the Company's leverage ratio and require the Company
to maintain a minimum ratio of operating cash flow to fixed charges. With respect to the net capital covenant, the Company's
U.S. broker dealer subsidiary is required to maintain minimum net capital of $120 million. At December 31, 2014, the Company
was in compliance with all covenants.

The Notes are recorded at amortized cost. As of December 31, 2014, the carrying value of the Notes approximated fair

value.

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

Note 18 Bank Syndicated Financing

On December 29, 2010, the Company entered into a three-year Credit Agreement comprised of a $100 million amortizing
term loan and a $50 million revolving credit facility. SunTrust Bank was the administrative agent (“Agent”) for the lenders. The
outstanding balance and unpaid interest on the Credit Agreement was repaid on November 30, 2012 from the proceeds of the
Notes discussed in Note 17.

Note 19 Contingencies, Commitments and Guarantees

Legal Contingencies

The Company has been named as a defendant in various legal actions, including complaints and litigation and arbitration
claims, arising from its business activities. Such actions include claims related to securities brokerage and investment banking
activities, and certain class actions that primarily allege violations of securities laws and seek unspecified damages, which could
be substantial. Also, the Company is involved from time to time in investigations and proceedings by governmental agencies
and self-regulatory organizations (“SROs”) which could result in adverse judgments, settlement, penalties, fines or other relief.

The Company has established reserves for potential losses that are probable and reasonably estimable that may result from
pending and potential legal actions, investigations and regulatory proceedings. In many cases, however, it is inherently difficult
to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount or range of any potential loss, particularly
where proceedings may be in relatively early stages or where plaintiffs are seeking substantial or indeterminate damages. Matters
frequently need to be more developed before a loss or range of loss can reasonably be estimated.

Given uncertainties regarding the timing, scope, volume and outcome of pending and potential legal actions, investigations
and regulatory proceedings and other factors, the amounts of reserves and ranges of reasonably possible losses are difficult to
determine and of necessity subject to future revision. Subject to the foregoing, management of the Company believes, based on
currently available information, after consultation with outside legal counsel and taking into account its established reserves,
that pending legal actions, investigations and regulatory proceedings will be resolved with no material adverse effect on the
consolidated statements of financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of the Company. However, if during any period
a potential adverse contingency should become probable or resolved for an amount in excess of the established reserves, the
results of operations and cash flows in that period and the financial condition as of the end of that period could be materially
adversely affected. In addition, there can be no assurance that material losses will not be incurred from claims that have not yet
been brought to the Company’s attention or are not yet determined to be reasonably possible.

Litigation-related reserve activity from continuing operations included within other operating expenses resulted in expense
of $0.8 million, a benefit of $4.1 million primarily attributable to the receipt of insurance proceeds for the reimbursement of
prior legal settlements, and expense of $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

Operating Lease Commitments

The Company leases office space throughout the United States and in a limited number of foreign countries where the
Company’s international operations reside. Aggregate minimum lease commitments under operating leases as of December 31,
2014 are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
2015................................................................................................................................................................
2016................................................................................................................................................................
2017................................................................................................................................................................
2018................................................................................................................................................................
2019................................................................................................................................................................
Thereafter.......................................................................................................................................................

12,313
12,052
9,958
9,646
9,099
26,463
79,531

Total minimum rentals to be received from 2015 through 2019 under noncancelable subleases were $7.2 million at

December 31, 2014.

Rental expense, including operating costs and real estate taxes, from continuing operations was $13.8 million, $12.9 million

and $13.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Fund Commitments

As of December 31, 2014, the Company had commitments to invest approximately $37.3 million in limited partnerships
that provide financing or make investments in private equity funds. The commitments are estimated to be funded, if called,
through the end of the respective investment periods ranging from 2015 to 2018.

Other Guarantees

The Company is a member of numerous exchanges and clearinghouses. Under the membership agreements with these
entities, members generally are required to guarantee the performance of other members, and if a member becomes unable to
satisfy its obligations to the clearinghouse, other members would be required to meet shortfalls. To mitigate these performance
risks, the exchanges and clearinghouses often require members to post collateral. In addition, the Company identifies and
guarantees certain clearing agents against specified potential losses in connection with providing services to the Company or
its affiliates. The Company’s maximum potential liability under these arrangements cannot be quantified. However, management
believes the likelihood that the Company would be required to make payments under these arrangements is remote. Accordingly,
no liability is recorded in the consolidated financial statements for these arrangements.

As general partner, Piper Jaffray Investment Management LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, has guaranteed
the debts, liabilities and obligations of a municipal bond fund to the extent of the general partner’s assets. Management believes
the likelihood that the Company would be required to make payments under this arrangement is remote. Accordingly, no liability
is recorded in the consolidated financial statements for this arrangement.

Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company provides investment, capital-raising and related services to a diverse group of domestic and foreign customers,
including governments, corporations, and institutional and individual investors. The Company’s exposure to credit risk associated
with the non-performance of customers in fulfilling their contractual obligations pursuant to securities transactions can be directly
impacted by volatile securities markets, credit markets and regulatory changes. This exposure is measured on an individual
customer basis and on a group basis for customers that share similar attributes. To alleviate the potential for risk concentrations,
counterparty credit limits have been implemented for certain products and are continually monitored in light of changing customer
and market conditions.

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

Note 20 Restructuring

For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company incurred pre-tax restructuring charges of $3.6 million from continuing
operations. The charge included severance benefits of $2.4 million, $0.5 million for vacating redundant leased office space and
$0.7 million for contract termination costs. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company incurred pre-tax restructuring-
related charges of $3.6 million from continuing operations. The charge included severance benefits of $2.4 million and $1.2
million for the reduction of leased office space.

Note 21 Shareholders’ Equity

The certificate of incorporation of Piper Jaffray Companies provides for the issuance of up to 100,000,000 shares of common
stock with a par value of $0.01 per share and up to 5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with a par value of $0.01
per share.

Common Stock

The holders of Piper Jaffray Companies common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon
by the shareholders. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock of Piper Jaffray Companies,
the holders of its common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by
the Piper Jaffray Companies board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose. Piper Jaffray Companies does not
currently pay cash dividends on its common stock. Additionally, there are dividend restrictions as set forth in Note 27.

In the event that Piper Jaffray Companies is liquidated or dissolved, the holders of its common stock are entitled to share
ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to any prior distribution rights of Piper Jaffray Companies
preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. Currently, there is no outstanding preferred stock. The holders of the common stock
have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions
applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies common stock.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company issued 103,598 common shares out of treasury stock in fulfillment
of $4.2 million in obligations under the Piper Jaffray Companies Retirement Plan (the “Retirement Plan”) and issued 774,194
common shares out of treasury stock as a result of employee restricted share vesting and exercise transactions as discussed in
Note 24. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company issued 96,049 common shares out of treasury stock in
fulfillment of $3.9 million in obligations under the Retirement Plan and issued 786,467 common shares out of treasury stock as
a result of employee restricted share vesting.

In the third quarter of 2010, the Company’s board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to $75.0 million in common
shares through September 30, 2012. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Company repurchased 1,488,881
shares of the Company’s common stock at an average price of $22.48 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $33.5 million
related to this authorization. This share repurchase authorization expired as of September 30, 2012.

In the third quarter of 2012, the Company’s board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to $100.0 million in common
shares through September 30, 2014. During the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company repurchased 156,577 shares of the Company's
common stock at an average price of $29.38 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $4.6 million related to this authorization.
During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company repurchased 1,719,662 shares at an average price of $32.52 per share
for an aggregate purchase price of $55.9 million related to this authorization. During the nine months ended September 30, 2014,
the Company did not repurchase any shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock related to this authorization. This
share repurchase authorization expired as of September 30, 2014.

Effective October 1, 2014, the Company's board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to $100.0 million in common
shares through September 30, 2016. During the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company did not repurchase any shares of the
Company’s outstanding common stock related to this authorization.

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

The Company also purchases shares of common stock from restricted stock award recipients upon the award vesting as
recipients sell shares to meet their employment tax obligations. The Company purchased 256,055 shares or $10.9 million, 386,713
shares or $15.5 million and 385,449 shares or $9.1 million of the Company’s common stock for this purpose during the years
ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Preferred Stock

The Piper Jaffray Companies board of directors has the authority, without action by its shareholders, to designate and issue
preferred stock in one or more series and to designate the rights, preferences and privileges of each series, which may be greater
than the rights associated with the common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of
preferred stock upon the rights of holders of common stock until the Piper Jaffray Companies board of directors determines the
specific rights of the holders of preferred stock. However, the effects might include, among other things, the following: restricting
dividends on its common stock, diluting the voting power of its common stock, impairing the liquidation rights of its common
stock and delaying or preventing a change in control of Piper Jaffray Companies without further action by its shareholders.

Note 22 Noncontrolling Interests

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Piper Jaffray Companies, its wholly owned subsidiaries and
other entities in which the Company has a controlling financial interest. Noncontrolling interests represent equity interests in
consolidated entities that are not attributable, either directly or indirectly, to Piper Jaffray Companies. Noncontrolling interests
include the minority equity holders’ proportionate share of the equity in a municipal bond fund of $117.0 million, a merchant
banking fund of $24.7 million and private equity investment vehicles aggregating $7.8 million as of December 31, 2014. As of
December 31, 2013, noncontrolling interests included the minority equity holders’ proportionate share of the equity in a municipal
bond fund of $126.3 million, a merchant banking fund of $14.1 million and private equity investment vehicles aggregating $7.0
million.

Ownership interests in entities held by parties other than the Company’s common shareholders are presented as
noncontrolling interests within shareholders’ equity, separate from the Company’s own equity. Revenues, expenses and net
income or loss are reported on the consolidated statements of operations on a consolidated basis, which includes amounts
attributable to both the Company’s common shareholders and noncontrolling interests. Net income or loss is then allocated
between the Company and noncontrolling interests based upon their relative ownership interests. Net income applicable to
noncontrolling interests is deducted from consolidated net income to determine net income applicable to the Company. There
was no other comprehensive income or loss attributed to noncontrolling interests for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013
and 2012.

Note 23 Employee Benefit Plans

The Company has various employee benefit plans, and substantially all employees are covered by at least one plan. The
plans include health and welfare plans and a tax-qualified retirement plan (the “Retirement Plan”). During the years ended
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company incurred employee benefits expenses from continuing operations of $13.2
million, $12.1 million and $13.0 million, respectively.

Health and Welfare Plans

Company employees who meet certain work schedule and service requirements are eligible to participate in the Company’s
health and welfare plans. The Company subsidizes the cost of coverage for employees. The health plans contain cost-sharing
features such as deductibles and coinsurance.

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

The Company is self-insured for losses related to health claims, although it obtains third-party stop loss insurance coverage
on both an individual and a group plan basis. Self-insured liabilities are based on a number of factors, including historical claims
experience, an estimate of claims incurred but not reported and valuations provided by third-party actuaries. For the years ended
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company recognized expense of $7.7 million, $7.2 million and $8.0 million, respectively,
in compensation and benefits expense from continuing operations on the consolidated statements of operations related to its
health plans.

Retirement Plan

The Retirement Plan consists of a defined contribution retirement savings plan. The defined contribution retirement savings
plan allows qualified employees, at their option, to make contributions through salary deductions under Section 401(k) of the
Internal Revenue Code. Employee contributions are 100 percent matched by the Company to a maximum of six percent of
recognized compensation up to the social security taxable wage base. Although the Company’s matching contribution vests
immediately, a participant must be employed on December 31 to receive that year’s matching contribution.

Note 24 Compensation Plans

Stock-Based Compensation Plans

The Company maintains two stock-based compensation plans, the Piper Jaffray Companies Amended and Restated 2003
Annual and Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) and the 2010 Employment Inducement Award Plan (the “Inducement
Plan”). The Company’s equity awards are recognized on the consolidated statements of operations at grant date fair value over
the service period of the award, net of estimated forfeitures.

The following table provides a summary of the Company’s outstanding equity awards (in shares or units) as of December 31,

2014:

Incentive Plan

Restricted Stock

Annual grants ............................................................................................................................................
Sign-on grants ...........................................................................................................................................

806,162
259,984
1,066,146

Inducement Plan

Restricted Stock...........................................................................................................................................

29,159

Total restricted stock outstanding..............................................................................................................

1,095,305

Incentive Plan

Restricted Stock Units

Leadership grants ......................................................................................................................................

405,826

Incentive Plan
Stock options outstanding ...........................................................................................................................

217,873

Incentive Plan

The Incentive Plan permits the grant of equity awards, including restricted stock, restricted stock units and non-qualified
stock options, to the Company’s employees and directors for up to 7.0 million shares of common stock (1.0 million shares
remained available for future issuance under the Incentive Plan as of December 31, 2014). The Company believes that such
awards help align the interests of employees and directors with those of shareholders and serve as an employee retention tool.
The Incentive Plan provides for accelerated vesting of awards if there is a severance event, a change in control of the Company

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

(as defined in the Incentive Plan), in the event of a participant’s death, and at the discretion of the compensation committee of
the Company’s board of directors.

Restricted Stock Awards

Restricted stock grants are valued at the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant and are amortized
over the related requisite service period. The Company grants shares of restricted stock to current employees as part of year-
end compensation (“Annual Grants”) and as a retention tool. Employees may also receive restricted stock upon initial hiring or
as a retention award (“Sign-on Grants”).

The Company’s Annual Grants are made each year in February. Annual Grants vest ratably over three years in equal
installments. The Annual Grants provide for continued vesting after termination of employment, so long as the employee does
not violate certain post-termination restrictions set forth in the award agreement or any agreements entered into upon termination.
The Company determined the service inception date precedes the grant date for the Annual Grants, and that the post-termination
restrictions do not meet the criteria for an in-substance service condition, as defined by ASC 718. Accordingly, restricted stock
granted as part of the Annual Grants is expensed in the one-year period in which those awards are deemed to be earned, which
is generally the calendar year preceding the February grant date. For example, the Company recognized compensation expense
during fiscal 2014 for its February 2015 Annual Grant. If an equity award related to the Annual Grants is forfeited as a result of
violating the post-termination restrictions, the lower of the fair value of the award at grant date or the fair value of the award at
the date of forfeiture is recorded within the consolidated statements of operations as a reversal of compensation expense.

Sign-on Grants are used as a recruiting tool for new employees and are issued to current employees as a retention tool.
These awards have both cliff and ratable vesting terms, and the employees must fulfill service requirements in exchange for
rights to the awards. Compensation expense is amortized on a straight-line basis from the grant date over the requisite service
period, generally two to five years. Employees forfeit unvested shares upon termination of employment and a reversal of
compensation expense is recorded.

Annually, the Company grants stock to its non-employee directors. The stock-based compensation paid to non-employee
directors is fully expensed on the grant date and included within outside services expense on the consolidated statements of
operations.

Restricted Stock Units

The Company granted annual restricted stock units to its leadership team (“Leadership Grants”) beginning in May 2012.
The units will vest and convert to shares of common stock at the end of each 36-month performance period only if the Company
satisfies predetermined market conditions over the performance period. Under the terms of the grants, the number of units that
will vest and convert to shares will be based on the Company achieving specified market conditions during each performance
period as described below. Compensation expense is amortized on a straight-line basis over the three-year requisite service
period based on the fair value of the award on the grant date. The market condition must be met for the awards to vest and
compensation cost will be recognized regardless if the market condition is satisfied. Employees forfeit unvested share units upon
termination of employment with a corresponding reversal of compensation expense.

Up to 50 percent of the award can be earned based on the Company’s total shareholder return relative to members of a
predetermined peer group and up to 50 percent of the award can be earned based on the Company’s total shareholder return.
The fair value of the awards on the grant date were determined using a Monte Carlo simulation with the following assumptions:

Grant Year
2014 ........................................................................................................................
2013 ........................................................................................................................
2012 ........................................................................................................................

Risk-free
Interest Rate
0.82%
0.40%
0.38%

Expected Stock
Price Volatility
41.3%
44.0%
47.6%

Because a portion of the award vesting depends on the Company’s total shareholder return relative to a peer group, the
valuation modeled the performance of the peer group as well as the correlation between the Company and the peer group. The

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

expected stock price volatility assumptions were determined using historical volatility as correlation coefficients can only be
developed through historical volatility. The risk-free interest rates were determined based on three-year U.S. Treasury bond
yields.

Stock Options

The Company previously granted options to purchase Piper Jaffray Companies common stock to employees and non-
employee directors in fiscal years 2004 through 2008. Employee and director options were expensed by the Company on a
straight-line basis over the required service period, based on the estimated fair value of the award on the date of grant using a
Black-Scholes option-pricing model. As described above pertaining to the Company’s Annual Grants of restricted shares, stock
options granted to employees were expensed in the calendar year preceding the annual February grant date. For example, the
Company recognized compensation expense during fiscal 2007 for its February 2008 option grant. The maximum term of the
stock options granted to employees and directors is ten years. The Company has not granted stock options since 2008.

Inducement Plan

In 2010, the Company established the Inducement Plan in conjunction with the acquisition of ARI. The Company granted
$7.0 million in restricted stock (158,801 shares) under the Inducement Plan to ARI employees upon closing of the transaction.
These shares vest ratably over five years in equal annual installments ending on March 1, 2015. Inducement Plan awards are
amortized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Employees forfeit unvested Inducement
Plan shares upon termination of employment and a reversal of compensation expense is recorded.

Stock-Based Compensation Activity

The Company recorded total compensation expense within continuing operations of $28.2 million, $21.0 million and $20.2
million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, related to employee restricted stock and restricted
stock unit awards. Total compensation cost includes year-end compensation for Annual Grants and the amortization of Sign-on
and Leadership Grants, less forfeitures of $0.7 million, $1.0 million and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2014,
2013 and 2012, respectively. The tax benefit related to stock-based compensation costs totaled $11.0 million, $8.2 million and
$7.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The following table summarizes the changes in the Company’s unvested restricted stock under the Incentive Plan and

Inducement Plan:

December 31, 2011 ............................................................................................
Granted ...............................................................................................................
Vested..................................................................................................................
Canceled .............................................................................................................
December 31, 2012 ............................................................................................
Granted ...............................................................................................................
Vested..................................................................................................................
Canceled .............................................................................................................
December 31, 2013 ............................................................................................
Granted ...............................................................................................................
Vested..................................................................................................................
Canceled .............................................................................................................
December 31, 2014 ............................................................................................

Unvested
Restricted Stock
(in Shares)

3,152,001
635,136
(1,309,881)
(154,818)
2,322,438
682,760
(1,165,989)
(257,147)
1,582,062
421,728
(883,761)
(24,724)
1,095,305

Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
38.79
22.89
34.21
39.37
37.01
38.35
39.83
38.30
35.25
40.57
36.22
36.02
36.51

The fair value of restricted stock that vested during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $32.0 million,

$46.4 million and $44.8 million, respectively.

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

The following table summarizes the changes in the Company’s unvested restricted stock units under the Incentive Plan:

Unvested
Restricted
Stock Units

— $

Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
—
12.12
—
12.12
12.12
21.32
—
—
15.83
23.42
—
—
17.99

214,526
—
(41,255)
173,271
117,265
—
—
290,536
115,290
—
—
405,826

As of December 31, 2014, there was $10.2 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock and

restricted stock units expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.4 years.

The following table summarizes the changes in the Company’s outstanding stock options:

December 31, 2011................................................
Granted ...................................................................
Exercised ................................................................
Canceled .................................................................
December 31, 2012................................................
Granted ...................................................................
Exercised ................................................................
Canceled .................................................................
December 31, 2013................................................
Granted ...................................................................
Exercised ................................................................
Canceled .................................................................
Expired ...................................................................
December 31, 2014................................................

Options

Outstanding
502,623
$
—
—
(16,060)
486,563
—
—
(17,274)
469,289
—
(137,864)
(55)
(113,497)
217,873

Weighted
Average
Exercise

Price
44.71
—
—
43.17
44.76
—
—
42.85
44.83
—
39.55
39.62
47.72
46.66

Options exercisable at December 31, 2012.........
Options exercisable at December 31, 2013.........
Options exercisable at December 31, 2014.........

486,563
469,289
217,873

$
$
$

44.76
44.83
46.66

Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in Years)
3.9

2.9

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

—

94,150

2.0

288,318

2.0

2.9
2.0
2.0

$ 3,066,839

$
94,150
288,318
$
$ 3,066,839

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

Additional information regarding Piper Jaffray Companies options outstanding as of December 31, 2014 is as follows:

Range of
Exercise Prices
$28.01 ..........................
$33.40 ..........................
$39.62 ..........................
$41.09 ..........................
$47.30 - $51.05............
$70.13 - $70.65............

Options Outstanding
Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in Years)
0.3
0.6
0.1
3.1
1.1
1.9

$
$
$
$
$
$

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

28.01
33.40
39.62
41.09
47.85
70.26

11,426
4,001
44,543
99,147
11,343
47,413

Exercisable Options

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

28.01
33.40
39.62
41.09
47.85
70.26

11,426
4,001
44,543
99,147
11,343
47,413

$
$
$
$
$
$

As of December 31, 2014, there was no unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options expected to be recognized

over future years.

The intrinsic value of options exercised and the resulting tax benefit realized was $1.7 million and $0.7 million, respectively,

for the year ended December 31, 2014. There were no options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

The Company has a policy of issuing shares out of treasury (to the extent available) to satisfy share option exercises and
restricted stock vesting. The Company expects to withhold approximately 0.2 million shares from employee equity awards
vesting in 2015, related to employee individual income tax withholding obligations on restricted stock vesting. For accounting
purposes, withholding shares to cover employees’ tax obligations is deemed to be a repurchase of shares by the Company.

Deferred Compensation Plans

The Company maintains various deferred compensation arrangements for employees.

The nonqualified deferred compensation plan is an unfunded plan which allows certain highly compensated employees, at
their election, to defer a percentage of their base salary, commissions and/or cash bonuses. The deferrals vest immediately and
are non-forfeitable. The amounts deferred under this plan are held in a grantor trust. The Company invests, as a principal, in
investments to economically hedge its obligation under the nonqualified deferred compensation plan. Investments in the grantor
trust, consisting of mutual funds, totaled $6.6 million as of December 31, 2014, and are included in investments on the consolidated
statements of financial condition. The compensation deferred by the employees is expensed in the period earned. The deferred
compensation liability was $6.6 million as of December 31, 2014. Changes in the fair value of the investments made by the
Company are reported in investment income and changes in the corresponding deferred compensation liability are reflected as
compensation and benefits expense on the consolidated statements of operations.

The Piper Jaffray Companies Mutual Fund Restricted Share Investment Plan is a deferred compensation plan which allows
eligible employees to elect to receive a portion of the incentive compensation they would otherwise receive in the form of
restricted stock, instead in MFRS Awards of registered funds managed by the Company's asset management business. MFRS
Awards are awarded to qualifying employees in February of each year, and represent a portion of their compensation for
performance in the preceding year similar to the Company's Annual Grants. MFRS Awards vest ratably over three years in equal
installments and provide for continued vesting after termination of employment so long as the employee does not violate certain
post-termination restrictions set forth in the award agreement or any agreement entered into upon termination. Forfeitures are
recorded as a reduction of compensation and benefits expense within the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company has also granted MFRS Awards to new employees as a recruiting tool. Employees must fulfill service
requirements in exchange for rights to the awards. Compensation expense from these awards will be amortized on a straight-
line basis over the requisite service period of two to five years.

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

Note 25 Earnings Per Share

The Company calculates earnings per share using the two-class method. Basic earnings per common share is computed by
dividing net income/(loss) applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies’ common shareholders by the weighted average number of
common shares outstanding for the period. Net income/(loss) applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies’ common shareholders
represents net income/(loss) applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies reduced by the allocation of earnings to participating securities.
Losses are not allocated to participating securities. All of the Company’s unvested restricted shares are deemed to be participating
securities as they are eligible to share in the profits (e.g., receive dividends) of the Company. The Company’s unvested restricted
stock units are not participating securities as they are not eligible to share in the profits of the Company. Diluted earnings per
common share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average outstanding shares to assume conversion of all potentially dilutive
stock options.

The computation of earnings per share is as follows:

(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)

Net income from continuing operations applicable to
Piper Jaffray Companies .............................................................
Net loss from discontinued operations..........................................
Net income applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies.........................
Earnings allocated to participating securities (1) .............................

Net income applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies’ common
shareholders (2).......................................................................................

Shares for basic and diluted calculations:

Average shares used in basic computation....................................
Stock options.................................................................................
Average shares used in diluted computation ...................................

Earnings/(loss) per basic common share:

Income from continuing operations ..............................................
Loss from discontinued operations ...............................................
Earnings per basic common share ..............................................

Earnings/(loss) per diluted common share:

Income from continuing operations ..............................................
Loss from discontinued operations ...............................................
Earnings per diluted common share ...........................................

Year Ended December 31,
2013

2012

2014

63,172
—
63,172
(5,031)

49,829
(4,739)
45,090
(4,494)

47,075
(5,807)
41,268
(5,933)

58,141

40,596

35,335

14,971
54
15,025

15,046
15
15,061

3.88
—
3.88

3.87
—
3.87

2.98
(0.28)
2.70

15,615
1
15,616

2.58
(0.32)
2.26

(1) Represents the allocation of earnings to participating securities. Losses are not allocated to participating securities. Participating
securities include all of the Company’s unvested restricted shares. The weighted average participating shares outstanding were 1,299,827;
1,667,067 and 2,622,438 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

(2) Net income/(loss) applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies’ common shareholders for diluted and basic EPS may differ under the two-
class method as a result of adding the effect of the assumed exercise of stock options to dilutive shares outstanding, which alters the ratio
used to allocate earnings to Piper Jaffray Companies’ common shareholders and participating securities for purposes of calculating
diluted and basic EPS.

The anti-dilutive effects from stock options were immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

Note 26 Segment Reporting

Basis for Presentation

The Company structures its segments primarily based upon the nature of the financial products and services provided to
customers and the Company’s management organization. The Company evaluates performance and allocates resources based
on segment pre-tax operating income or loss and segment pre-tax operating margin. Revenues and expenses directly associated
with each respective segment are included in determining their operating results. Other revenues and expenses that are not
directly attributable to a particular segment are allocated based upon the Company’s allocation methodologies, including each
segment’s respective net revenues, use of shared resources, headcount or other relevant measures. The financial management
of assets is performed on an enterprise-wide basis. As such, assets are not assigned to the business segments.

Segment pre-tax operating income and segment pre-tax operating margin exclude the results of discontinued operations.

Reportable segment financial results from continuing operations are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)

Capital Markets

Investment banking

Financing

Year Ended December 31,
2013

2012

2014

Equities .....................................................................................
Debt...........................................................................................
Advisory services ........................................................................
Total investment banking...............................................................

Institutional sales and trading

Equities........................................................................................
Fixed income...............................................................................
Total institutional sales and trading..............................................

Management and performance fees...............................................

Investment income .........................................................................

116,684
67,731
186,176
370,591

82,211
92,200
174,411

5,398

24,046

100,224
74,284
74,420
248,928

91,169
76,275
167,444

3,891

30,404

73,180
74,102
86,165
233,447

75,723
111,492
187,215

1,678

9,840

Long-term financing expenses.......................................................

(6,655)

(7,420)

(7,982)

Net revenues ..................................................................................

567,791

443,247

424,198

Operating expenses (1) ..................................................................

478,661

393,231

371,628

Segment pre-tax operating income................................................

89,130

50,016

52,570

Segment pre-tax operating margin ................................................

15.7%

11.3%

12.4%

Continued on next page

100

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

(Dollars in thousands)

Asset Management

Management and performance fees

Year Ended December 31,
2013

2012

2014

Management fees ........................................................................
Performance fees.........................................................................
Total management and performance fees......................................

Investment income .........................................................................

Net revenues ..................................................................................

Operating expenses (1) ..................................................................

78,772
892
79,664

683

80,347

59,166

71,314
7,840
79,154

2,794

81,948

56,351

63,236
785
64,021

733

64,754

48,313

Segment pre-tax operating income................................................

21,181

25,597

16,441

Segment pre-tax operating margin ................................................

26.4%

31.2%

25.4%

Total

Net revenues ..................................................................................

648,138

Operating expenses (1) ..................................................................

537,827

Pre-tax operating income...............................................................

110,311

525,195

488,952

449,582

419,941

75,613

69,011

Pre-tax operating margin ...............................................................

17.0%

14.4%

14.1%

(1) Operating expenses include intangible asset amortization expense as set forth in the table below:

(Dollars in thousands)
Capital Markets ...................................................................................
Asset Management ..............................................................................
Total intangible asset amortization expense.....................................

2014

Year Ended December 31,
2013

2012

2,972
6,300
9,272

1,349
6,644
7,993

—
6,944
6,944

101

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

Geographic Areas

The Company operates in both U.S. and non-U.S. markets. The Company’s non-U.S. business activities are principally
conducted through European locations. Net revenues and long-lived assets for the Company's Asian location was not significant.
Net revenues disclosed in the following table reflect the regional view, with financing revenues allocated to geographic locations
based upon the location of the capital market, advisory revenues allocated based upon the location of the investment banking
team and net institutional sales and trading revenues allocated based upon the location of the client. Asset management revenues
are allocated to the U.S. based upon the geographic location of the Company’s asset management team. Net revenues exclude
discontinued operations for all periods presented.

(Dollars in thousands)
Net revenues:

Year Ended December 31,
2013

2012

2014

United States .................................................................................
Europe ...........................................................................................
Consolidated..................................................................................

632,625
15,513
648,138

513,433
11,762
525,195

476,718
12,234
488,952

Long-lived assets are allocated to geographic locations based upon the location of the asset. The following table presents

long-lived assets by geographic region:

(Dollars in thousands)
Long-lived assets:

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

United States ................................................................................................................
Europe ..........................................................................................................................
Consolidated.................................................................................................................

300,421
5,516
305,937

296,516
6,414
302,930

Note 27 Net Capital Requirements and Other Regulatory Matters

Piper Jaffray is registered as a securities broker dealer with the SEC and is a member of various SROs and securities
exchanges. The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) serves as Piper Jaffray’s primary SRO. Piper Jaffray is
subject to the uniform net capital rule of the SEC and the net capital rule of FINRA. Piper Jaffray has elected to use the alternative
method permitted by the SEC rule, which requires that it maintain minimum net capital of the greater of $1.0 million or 2 percent
of aggregate debit balances arising from customer transactions, as such term is defined in the SEC rule. Under its rules, FINRA
may prohibit a member firm from expanding its business or paying dividends if resulting net capital would be less than 5 percent
of aggregate debit balances. Advances to affiliates, repayment of subordinated debt, dividend payments and other equity
withdrawals by Piper Jaffray are subject to certain notification and other provisions of SEC and FINRA rules. In addition, Piper
Jaffray is subject to certain notification requirements related to withdrawals of excess net capital.

At December 31, 2014, net capital calculated under the SEC rule was $165.3 million, and exceeded the minimum net capital

required under the SEC rule by $164.3 million.

The Company’s committed short-term credit facility and its variable rate senior notes include covenants requiring Piper
Jaffray to maintain minimum net capital of $120 million. CP Notes issued under CP Series III A include a covenant that requires
Piper Jaffray to maintain excess net capital of $120 million.

Piper Jaffray Ltd., a broker dealer subsidiary registered in the United Kingdom, was subject to the capital requirements of
the Prudential Regulation Authority and the Financial Conduct Authority. As of December 31, 2014, Piper Jaffray Ltd. was in
compliance with the capital requirements of the Prudential Regulation Authority and the Financial Conduct Authority.

102

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

Note 28 Income Taxes

Income tax expense is provided using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for
the expected future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between amounts reported for income tax purposes
and financial statement purposes, using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary
differences are expected to be recovered or settled.

The components of income tax expense from continuing operations are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
Current:

Federal...........................................................................................
State...............................................................................................
Foreign ..........................................................................................

Deferred:

Total income tax expense from continuing operations....................

Total income tax benefit from discontinued operations ..................

Year Ended December 31,
2013

2012

2014

37,331
8,117
161
45,609

(8,641)
(1,317)
335
(9,623)

20,468
3,795
183
24,446

(1,582)
(4,041)
1,567
(4,056)

35,986

20,390

— $

(2,935)

16,939
(9,563)
—
7,376

7,735
4,413
(54)
12,094

19,470

(23,795)

A reconciliation of federal income taxes at statutory rates to the Company’s effective tax rates from continuing operations

is as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
Federal income tax expense at statutory rates .................................
Increase/(reduction) in taxes resulting from:

State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit ...............................
Net tax-exempt interest income ....................................................
Foreign jurisdictions tax rate differential......................................
Change in valuation allowance .....................................................
Restricted stock deferred tax asset write-off.................................
Income attributable to noncontrolling interests ............................
Other, net.......................................................................................
Total income tax expense from continuing operations....................

Year Ended December 31,
2013

2012

2014

38,609

26,464

24,153

3,857
(3,693)
(63)
—
—
(3,903)
1,179
35,986

2,785
(3,917)
(185)
(4,182)
—
(1,888)
1,313
20,390

2,540
(3,353)
(164)
(1,110)
4,577
(863)
(6,310)
19,470

In accordance with ASC 740, U.S. income taxes are not provided on undistributed earnings of international subsidiaries
that are permanently reinvested. As of December 31, 2014, undistributed earnings permanently reinvested in the Company’s
foreign subsidiaries were not material.

103

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflect the tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amount of
assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for the same items for income tax reporting purposes.
The net deferred income tax assets included in other assets on the consolidated statements of financial condition consisted of
the following items:

(Dollars in thousands)
Deferred tax assets:

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

Deferred compensation ................................................................................................
Net operating loss carry forwards ................................................................................
Liabilities/accruals not currently deductible ................................................................
Other.............................................................................................................................
Total deferred tax assets.............................................................................................
Valuation allowance...................................................................................................

Deferred tax assets after valuation allowance .........................................................

Deferred tax liabilities:

Goodwill amortization..................................................................................................
Unrealized gains on firm investments ..........................................................................
Fixed assets ..................................................................................................................
Other.............................................................................................................................

Total deferred tax liabilities .......................................................................................

56,893
4,854
1,601
2,930
66,278
(159)

66,119

15,028
3,221
945
1,074

20,268

43,608
5,569
1,903
1,459
52,539
(159)

52,380

9,957
3,577
1,017
1,577

16,128

Net deferred tax assets ....................................................................................................

45,851

36,252

The realization of deferred tax assets is assessed and a valuation allowance is recorded to the extent that it is more likely
than not that any portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company believes that its future tax profits will be
sufficient to recognize its deferred tax assets, with the exception of $0.2 million in state net operating loss carryforwards.

104

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

The Company accounts for unrecognized tax benefits in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, which requires tax
reserves to be recorded for uncertain tax positions on the consolidated statements of financial condition. A reconciliation of the
beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2011.....................................................................................................................
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year .........................................................................
Additions for tax positions of prior years ......................................................................................................
Reductions for tax positions of prior years ....................................................................................................
Settlements.....................................................................................................................................................
Balance at December 31, 2012 ....................................................................................................................
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year .........................................................................
Additions for tax positions of prior years ......................................................................................................
Reductions for tax positions of prior years ....................................................................................................
Settlements.....................................................................................................................................................
Balance at December 31, 2013 ....................................................................................................................
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year .........................................................................
Additions for tax positions of prior years ......................................................................................................
Reductions for tax positions of prior years ....................................................................................................
Settlements.....................................................................................................................................................
Balance at December 31, 2014 ....................................................................................................................

8,915
—
200
(8,825)
—
290
—
2,000
(90)
—
2,200
—
123
—
—
2,323

As of December 31, 2014, approximately $0.3 million of the Company's unrecognized tax benefits would impact the annual

effective rate, if recognized.

In 2012, the Company reversed $8.8 million for unrecognized tax benefits. In addition, the Company reversed $2.6 million
of accrued interest related to these positions. In aggregate, the Company recorded a $7.4 million credit to income tax expense
in 2012, net of federal income tax.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax
expense. The Company had approximately $0.2 million for the payment of interest and penalties accrued at December 31, 2014
and 2013, respectively, which was recognized during the year ended December 31, 2013. During the year ended December 31,
2012, the Company recognized no interest and penalties. The Company or one of its subsidiaries files income tax returns with
the various states and foreign jurisdictions in which the Company operates. The Company is not subject to U.S. federal tax
authorities for years before 2011 and is not subject to state and local or non-U.S. tax authorities for taxable years before 2009.
The Company anticipates all of its uncertain income tax provisions will be resolved within the next twelve months.

105

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

Note 29 Piper Jaffray Companies (Parent Company only)

Condensed Statements of Financial Condition

(Amounts in thousands)
Assets

Cash and cash equivalents............................................................................................
Investment in and advances to subsidiaries..................................................................
Other assets ..................................................................................................................
Total assets.................................................................................................................

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

Variable rate senior notes .............................................................................................
Accrued compensation .................................................................................................
Other liabilities and accrued expenses .........................................................................
Total liabilities ...........................................................................................................

Shareholders’ equity.....................................................................................................
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity...................................................................

Condensed Statements of Operations

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

200
956,609
13,819
970,628

125,000
24,618
1,098
150,716

819,912
970,628

336
870,104
9,119
879,559

125,000
18,454
1,429
144,883

734,676
879,559

(Amounts in thousands)
Revenues:

Year Ended December 31,
2013

2012

2014

Dividends from subsidiaries..........................................................
Interest...........................................................................................
Other revenues ..............................................................................
Total revenues.............................................................................

Interest expense.............................................................................

Net revenues ...............................................................................

50,333
662
275
51,270

5,463

45,807

46,000
254
198
46,452

5,850

40,602

119,000
82
—
119,082

5,823

113,259

Non-interest expenses:

Total non-interest expenses.........................................................

5,318

3,096

4,222

Income from continuing operations before income tax
expense and equity in undistributed/(distributed in excess
of) income of subsidiaries............................................................

Income tax expense .......................................................................

Income from continuing operations of parent company............

Equity in undistributed/(distributed in excess of) income of
subsidiaries ..................................................................................

Net income from continuing operations ......................................

Discontinued operations:

40,489

14,795

25,694

37,478

63,172

37,506

13,263

24,243

25,200

49,443

Income/(loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax................

—

(4,353)

Net income......................................................................................

63,172

45,090

109,037

39,175

69,862

(49,617)

20,245

21,023

41,268

106

Piper Jaffray Companies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

(Amounts in thousands)
Operating Activities:

Net income ....................................................................................
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities:
Share-based and deferred compensation ....................................
Equity distributed in excess of/(in undistributed) income of
subsidiaries................................................................................

Year Ended December 31,
2013

2012

2014

63,172

45,090

41,268

180

(37,478)

(25,200)

Net cash provided by operating activities...................................

25,874

19,950

Investing Activities:

Repayment of FAMCO note .........................................................

Net cash provided by investing activities ...................................

Financing Activities:

Issuance of variable rate senior notes............................................
Repayment of variable rate senior notes .......................................
Decrease in bank syndicated financing .........................................
Advances from/(to) subsidiaries ...................................................
Repurchase of common stock .......................................................

Net cash used in financing activities ..........................................

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents ......................................

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year..............................

2,000

50,000
(50,000)
—
(28,010)
—

(28,010)

(136)

336

250

—
—
—
34,996
(55,929)

(20,933)

(733)

1,069

240

49,617

91,125

—

125,000
—
(115,000)
(76,481)
(38,068)

(104,549)

(13,424)

14,493

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year ........................................

200

336

1,069

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

Cash paid during the year for:

Interest ........................................................................................
Income taxes ...............................................................................

$
$

(4,801)
(14,795)

$
$

(5,596)
(13,263)

$
$

(5,741)
(39,175)

107

Piper Jaffray Companies

Supplementary Data

Quarterly Information (unaudited)

(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)
Total revenues..................................................................
Interest expense................................................................
Net revenues.....................................................................
Non-interest expenses ......................................................
Income from continuing operations before income tax
expense...........................................................................
Income tax expense..........................................................
Net income from continuing operations ..........................
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax .................
Net income .......................................................................
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests...........
Net income applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies.........
Net income applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies'
common shareholders ....................................................

Amounts applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies

Net income from continuing operations ........................
Net loss from discontinued operations ..........................
Net income applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies ....

Earnings per basic common share

Income from continuing operations...............................
Loss from discontinued operations................................
Earnings per basic common share...............................

Earnings per diluted common share

Income from continuing operations...............................
Loss from discontinued operations................................
Earnings per diluted common share............................

Weighted average number of common shares

First

173,894
5,761
168,133
135,420

32,713
9,827
22,886
—
22,886
5,138
17,748

16,089

17,748
—
17,748

1.10
—
1.10

2014 Fiscal Quarter
Third

Second

175,976
5,945
170,031
139,614

30,417
10,049
20,368
—
20,368
2,155
18,213

16,717

18,213
—
18,213

1.12
—
1.12

1.11
—
1.11

165,947
6,521
159,426
133,734

25,692
8,596
17,096
—
17,096
2,428
14,668

13,552

14,668
—
14,668

0.90
—
0.90

Fourth

157,394
6,846
150,548
129,059

21,489
7,514
13,975
—
13,975
1,432
12,543

11,700

12,543
—
12,543

0.77
—
0.77

Basic ..............................................................................
Diluted ...........................................................................

14,612
14,657

14,958
15,013

15,066
15,129

15,241
15,293

108

Piper Jaffray Companies

Supplementary Data – Continued

(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)
Total revenues..................................................................
Interest expense................................................................
Net revenues.....................................................................
Non-interest expenses ......................................................
Income from continuing operations before income tax
expense...........................................................................
Income tax expense..........................................................
Net income from continuing operations ..........................
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax .................
Net income/(loss) .............................................................
Net income/(loss) applicable to noncontrolling
interests ..........................................................................
Net income applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies.........
Net income applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies'
common shareholders ....................................................

Amounts applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies

Net income from continuing operations ........................
Loss from discontinued operations................................

Net income applicable to Piper Jaffray
Companies.................................................................

Earnings per basic common share

Income from continuing operations...............................
Loss from discontinued operations................................
Earnings per basic common share...............................

Earnings per diluted common share

Income from continuing operations...............................
Loss from discontinued operations................................
Earnings per diluted common share............................

Weighted average number of common shares

First

115,312
5,779
109,533
91,365

18,168
5,600
12,568
(521)
12,047

1,901
10,146

8,966

10,667
(521)

10,146

0.60
(0.03)
0.58

0.60
(0.03)
0.57

2013 Fiscal Quarter
Third

Second

106,520
6,748
99,772
96,439

3,333
1,644
1,689
(1,871)
(182)

(2,670)
2,488

2,266

4,359
(1,871)

2,488

0.25
(0.11)
0.15

134,506
6,192
128,314
116,254

12,060
2,886
9,174
(1,529)
7,645

2,323
5,322

4,826

6,851
(1,529)

5,322

0.42
(0.09)
0.33

Fourth

193,893
6,317
187,576
145,524

42,052
10,260
31,792
(818)
30,974

3,840
27,134

24,445

27,952
(818)

27,134

1.75
(0.05)
1.70

Basic ..............................................................................
Diluted ...........................................................................

15,582
15,610

15,621
15,626

14,641
14,626

14,378
14,397

109

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL

DISCLOSURE.

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

As of the end of the period covered by this report, we conducted an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation
of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules
13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer
and principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information
required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is (a) recorded, processed, summarized
and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms and (b) accumulated
and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer to allow timely
decisions regarding disclosure.

During the fourth quarter of our fiscal year ending December 31, 2014, there was no change in our system of internal control
over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and the attestation report of our independent registered
public accounting firm on management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting are included in Part II, Item 8
entitled "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" and are incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.

Not applicable.

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

The information regarding our executive officers included in Part I of this Form 10-K under the caption “Executive Officers”
is incorporated herein by reference. The information in the definitive proxy statement for our 2015 annual meeting of shareholders
to be held on May 13, 2015, under the captions “Item I — Election of Directors,” “Information Regarding the Board of Directors
and Corporate Governance — Committees of the Board — Audit Committee,” “Information Regarding the Board of Directors
and Corporate Governance — Codes of Ethics and Business Conduct” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting
Compliance” is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

The information in the definitive proxy statement for our 2015 annual meeting of shareholders to be held on May 13, 2015,
under the captions “Executive Compensation,” “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Compensation Committee
Interlocks and Insider Participation,” “Information Regarding the Board of Directors and Corporate Governance —
Compensation Program for Non-Employee Directors” and “Information Regarding the Board of Directors and Corporate
Governance — Non-Employee Director Compensation for 2014” is incorporated herein by reference.

110

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND

RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS.

The information in the definitive proxy statement for our 2015 annual meeting of shareholders to be held on May 13, 2015,
under the captions “Security Ownership — Beneficial Ownership of Directors, Nominees and Executive Officers,” “Security
Ownership — Beneficial Owners of More than Five Percent of Our Common Stock” and “Executive Compensation —
Outstanding Equity Awards” are incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

The information in the definitive proxy statement for our 2015 annual meeting of shareholders to be held on May 13, 2015,
under the captions “Information Regarding the Board of Directors and Corporate Governance — Director Independence,”
“Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Transactions with Related Persons” and “Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions — Review and Approval of Transactions with Related Persons” is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.

The information in the definitive proxy statement for our 2015 annual meeting of shareholders to be held on May 13, 2015,
under the captions “Audit Committee Report and Payment of Fees to Our Independent Auditor — Auditor Fees” and “Audit
Committee Report and Payment of Fees to Our Independent Auditor — Auditor Services Pre-Approval Policy” is incorporated
herein by reference.

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a)(1) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE COMPANY.

The Consolidated Financial Statements are incorporated herein by reference and included in Part II, Item 8 to this Form

10-K.

(a)(2) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

All financial statement schedules for the Company have been included in the consolidated financial statements or the related

footnotes, or are either inapplicable or not required.

(a)(3) EXHIBITS.

Exhibit
Number Description

2.1

3.1

3.2

4.1

Separation and Distribution Agreement dated as of December 23, 2003, between U.S. Bancorp and Piper
Jaffray Companies (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, filed March 8, 2004). #

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2007, filed August 3, 2007).

Amended and Restated Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2007, filed August 3, 2007).

Form of Specimen Certificate for Piper Jaffray Companies Common Stock (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Form 10, filed June 25, 2003).

111

Exhibit
Number Description

4.2

4.3

4.4

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7

10.8

10.9

10.10

10.11

10.12

Second Amended and Restated Indenture dated as of June 11, 2012 (Secured Commercial Paper Notes),
between Piper Jaffray & Co. and the Bank of New York Mellon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to
the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2012, filed August 2,
2012).

Indenture dated as of April 2, 2012 (Secured Commercial Paper Notes -- Series II), between Piper Jaffray &
Co. and the Bank of New York Mellon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current
Report on Form 8-K, filed April 5, 2012).

Second Amended and Restated Indenture dated April 21, 2014 (Secured Commercial Paper Notes -- Series
III), between Piper Jaffray & Co. and the Bank of New York Mellon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed April 21, 2014).

Form of director indemnification agreement between Piper Jaffray Companies and its directors (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 17, 2014). †

Office Lease Agreement, dated May 30, 2012, by and among Piper Jaffray & Co. and Wells REIT – 800
Nicollett Avenue Owner, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report
on Form 8-K, filed June 1, 2012).

U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc. Second Century 2000 Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003,
filed March 8, 2004). †

U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc. Second Century Growth Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated
effective September 30, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, filed March 8, 2004). †

Piper Jaffray Companies Amended and Restated 2003 Annual and Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit A to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for its 2013 Annual Meeting of
Shareholders, filed March 22, 2013). †

Piper Jaffray Companies Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2013, filed July 31, 2013). †

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Employee Grants in 2011, 2012, and 2013 (related to 2010, 2011,
and 2012 performance, respectively) under the Piper Jaffray Companies Amended and Restated 2003 Annual
and Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, filed February 28, 2011). †

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Employee Grants in 2014 (related to 2013 performance) under the
Piper Jaffray Companies Amended and Restated 2003 Annual and Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2013, filed February 28, 2014). †

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Employee Grants in 2015 (related to 2014 performance) under the
Piper Jaffray Companies Amended and Restated 2003 Annual and Long-Term Incentive Plan. † *

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for California-based Employee Grants in 2015 (related to 2014
performance) under the Piper Jaffray Companies Amended and Restated 2003 Annual and Long-Term
Incentive Plan. † *

Form of Stock Option Agreement for Employee Grants in 2004 and 2005 (related to 2003 and 2004
performance, respectively) under the Piper Jaffray Companies Amended and Restated 2003 Annual and Long-
Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2004, filed August 4, 2004). †

Form of Stock Option Agreement for Employee Grants in 2006 (related to 2005 performance) under the Piper
Jaffray Companies Amended and Restated 2003 Annual and Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2005, filed March 1, 2006). †

112

Exhibit
Number Description

10.13

10.14

10.15

10.16

10.17

10.18

10.19

10.20

10.21

10.22

10.23

10.24

10.25

10.26

10.27

Form of Stock Option Agreement for Employee Grants in 2007 and 2008 (related to 2006 and 2007
performance, respectively) under the Piper Jaffray Companies Amended and Restated 2003 Annual and Long-
Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-
K for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed March 1, 2007). †

Form of Stock Option Agreement for Non-Employee Director Grants under the Piper Jaffray Companies
Amended and Restated 2003 Annual and Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2004, filed August 4,
2004). †

Form of Performance Share Unit Agreement for 2012 Leadership Team Grants under the Piper Jaffray
Companies Amended and Restated 2003 Annual and Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2012,
filed August 2, 2012). †

Form of Performance Share Unit Agreement for 2013 Leadership Team Grants under the Piper Jaffray
Companies Amended and Restated 2003 Annual and Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2013, filed July
31, 2013). †

Form of Performance Share Unit Agreement for 2014 Leadership Team Grants under the Piper Jaffray
Companies Amended and Restated 2003 Annual and Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2014, filed July
30, 2014). †

Piper Jaffray Companies Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, filed
February 28, 2011). †

Summary of Non-Employee Director Compensation Program. † *

Form of Notice Period Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed March 1, 2007). †

Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated December 28, 2012, between Piper Jaffray & Co. and U.S.
Bank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company's Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, filed February 27, 2013).

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated December 28, 2013, between Piper Jaffray
& Co. and U.S. Bank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, filed February 28, 2014).

Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated December 19, 2014, between Piper
Jaffray & Co. and U.S. Bank National Association. *

Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement dated June 2, 2014 among Piper Jaffray Companies, Piper
Jaffray & Co. and the Purchasers party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's
Current Report on Form 8-K, filed June 5, 2014).

Consulting Agreement dated March 19, 2014, by and between Advisory Research, Inc. and Brien M. O'Brien
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 19,
2014).

Compensation Arrangement with M. Brad Winges (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company's
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, filed February 27, 2013). †

Restricted Limited Partnership Interest Agreement dated February 23, 2015, by and between Piper Jaffray
Investment Management LLC and M. Brad Winges. † *

113

Exhibit
Number Description

10.28

10.29

10.30

10.31

10.32

10.33

21.1

23.1

24.1

31.1

31.2

32.1

101

Advisory Research, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the
Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, filed February 28, 2014). †

Amended and Restated Piper Jaffray Companies Mutual Fund Restricted Share Investment Plan (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 2011, filed February 27, 2012). †

Form of Mutual Fund Restricted Share Agreement for Employee Grants in 2012 and 2013 (related to
performance in 2011 and 2012, respectively) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the Company’s
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, filed February 27, 2012). †

Form of Mutual Fund Restricted Share Agreement for Employee Grants in 2014 (related to performance in
2013) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2013, filed February 28, 2014). †

Form of Mutual Fund Restricted Share Agreement for Employee Grants in 2015 (related to performance in
2014). † *

Form of Mutual Fund Restricted Share Agreement for California-based Employee Grants in 2015 (related to
performance in 2014). † *

Subsidiaries of Piper Jaffray Companies *

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP *

Power of Attorney *

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. *

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer. *

Section 1350 Certifications. **

Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 Registration S-T: (i) the Consolidated Statements of Financial
Condition as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations
for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive
Income for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash
Flows for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and (v) the notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements.

________________

# The Company hereby agrees to furnish supplementally to the Commission upon request any omitted exhibit or schedule.
† This exhibit is a management contract or compensatory plan or agreement.
* Filed herewith
** This information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Section 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18

of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

114

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following

persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on February 26, 2015.

SIGNATURES

PIPER JAFFRAY COMPANIES

/s/ Andrew S. Duff

By
Its

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following

persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on February 26, 2015.

SIGNATURE

/s/ Andrew S. Duff
Andrew S. Duff

/s/ Debbra L. Schoneman

Debbra L. Schoneman

/s/ William R. Fitzgerald

William R. Fitzgerald

/s/ B. Kristine Johnson

B. Kristine Johnson

/s/ Addison L. Piper

Addison L. Piper

/s/ Lisa K. Polsky

Lisa K. Polsky

/s/ Philip E. Soran

Philip E. Soran

/s/ Scott C. Taylor

Scott C. Taylor

/s/ Michele Volpi

Michele Volpi

TITLE

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Director

115

Investor Inquiries
Shareholders, securities analysts and investors
seeking more information about the company should
contact Tom Smith, director of investor relations,
at thomas.g.smith@pjc.com, 612 303-6336, or the
corporate headquarters address.

Web Site Access to SEC Reports
and Corporate Governance Information
Piper Jaffray Companies makes available free of charge
on its Web site, www.piperjaffray.com, its annual
reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q,
current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those
reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or
15(d) of the Exchange Act, as well as all other reports
filed by Piper Jaffray Companies with the SEC, as soon
as reasonably practicable after it electronically files
them with, or furnishes them to, the SEC. Piper Jaffray
Companies also makes available free of charge on its
Web site the company’s codes of ethics and business
conduct, its corporate governance principles and the
charters of the audit, compensation, and nominating and
governance committees of the board of directors. Printed
copies of these materials will be mailed upon request.

Dividends
Piper Jaffray Companies does not currently pay cash
dividends on its common stock.

Corporate Headquarters
Piper Jaffray Companies
Mail Stop J09SSH
800 Nicollet Mall, Suite 1000
Minneapolis, MN 55402
612 303-6000

Company Web Site
www.piperjaffray.com

Stock Transfer Agent and Registrar
Computershare acts as transfer agent and registrar for
Piper Jaffray Companies and maintains all shareholder
records for the company. For questions regarding
owned Piper Jaffray Companies stock, stock transfers,
address corrections or changes, lost stock certificates or
duplicate mailings, please contact Computershare by
writing or calling:

Computershare
P.O. Box 30170
College Station, TX 77842-3170
800 872-4409

Street Address for Overnight Deliveries
211 Quality Circle, Suite 210
College Station, TX 77845

Web Site Access to Registrar
Shareholders may access their investor statements
online 24 hours a day, seven days a week at
www.computershare.com/investor.

Independent Accountants
Ernst & Young LLP

Common Stock Listing
New York Stock Exchange (symbol: PJC)

Forward-Looking Statements
This annual report and the preceding letter to shareholders contain forward-looking statements. Statements
that are not historical or current facts, including statements about beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking
statements and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties that are difficult to predict. A number of these risks
and uncertainties are described in our SEC reports, including our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2014.